<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/atom10full.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" gd:etag="W/&quot;DEMHSX08fyp7ImA9WhRRFE4.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711</id><updated>2011-11-27T15:27:18.377-08:00</updated><category term="CSTE" /><title>Testing</title><subtitle type="html">This  site Completely dedicated to the  Software Testing</subtitle><link rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/" /><link rel="next" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false&amp;v=2" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><generator version="7.00" uri="http://www.blogger.com">Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>26</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/blogspot/Tcpa" /><feedburner:info uri="blogspot/tcpa" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;A0cEQXw6eip7ImA9WxBXEE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-8102528084522967595</id><published>2010-01-20T09:36:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-20T09:36:40.212-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-01-20T09:36:40.212-08:00</app:edited><title>Terms used in Security Testing</title><content type="html">Terms used in Security Testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Few terms that are frequently used in web application security testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is “Vulnerability”?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a weakness in the web application. The cause of such a “weakness” can be bugs in the application, an injection (SQL/ script code) or the presence of viruses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is “URL manipulation”?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some web applications communicate additional information between the client (browser) and the server in the URL. Changing some information in the URL may sometimes lead to unintended behavior by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is “&lt;span&gt;SQL injection&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=1597494240&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;”?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the process of inserting SQL statements through the web application user interface into some query that is then executed by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is “XSS (Cross Site Scripting)”?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user inserts HTML/ client-side script in the user interface of a web application and this insertion is visible to other users, it is called XSS.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-8102528084522967595?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/qgyr9uqVu5Bkwna2k490oA46SbY/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/qgyr9uqVu5Bkwna2k490oA46SbY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/qgyr9uqVu5Bkwna2k490oA46SbY/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/qgyr9uqVu5Bkwna2k490oA46SbY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/1P6ZFYLlj6I" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/8102528084522967595/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=8102528084522967595" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/8102528084522967595?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/8102528084522967595?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/1P6ZFYLlj6I/terms-used-in-security-testing.html" title="Terms used in Security Testing" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2010/01/terms-used-in-security-testing.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkICQH4_cSp7ImA9WxBQFUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-3560559741539355332</id><published>2010-01-15T04:29:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-15T04:29:21.049-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-01-15T04:29:21.049-08:00</app:edited><title>What is 128-bit Secure Socket Layer?</title><content type="html">&lt;span&gt;&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0471383546&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: red; color: #ea9999;"&gt;What is 128-bit Secure Socket Layer?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;SSL&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0201615983&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt; stands for "Secure Sockets Layer". It is a protocol designed to enable applications to transmit information back and forth securely. Applications that use this protocol inherently know how to give and receive encryption keys with other applications, as well as how to encrypt and decrypt data sent between the two.SSL has been universally accepted on the World Wide Web for authenticated and encrypted communication between the customer's computer and servers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some applications that are configured to run SSL include web browsers like Internet Explorer and Netscape, email programs like GroupWise, Outlook, and Outlook Express, FTP (file transfer protocol) programs, etc. These programs are automatically able to receive SSL connections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To send an SSL connection, however, or to open a secure connection, your application must first have an encryption key assigned to it by a Certification Authority. Once it has a unique key of its own, you can establish a secure connection with every other application that can "speak" the SSL protocol. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
Regards, &lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-3560559741539355332?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6d3X-SNpz0xs22JkVPWrQcxfOts/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6d3X-SNpz0xs22JkVPWrQcxfOts/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6d3X-SNpz0xs22JkVPWrQcxfOts/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6d3X-SNpz0xs22JkVPWrQcxfOts/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/HfW7lAI4e4Q" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/3560559741539355332/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=3560559741539355332" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3560559741539355332?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3560559741539355332?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/HfW7lAI4e4Q/what-is-128-bit-secure-socket-layer.html" title="What is 128-bit Secure Socket Layer?" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2010/01/what-is-128-bit-secure-socket-layer.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DkIAQXY_fyp7ImA9WxBRFko.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-6493062549139964781</id><published>2010-01-04T22:50:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-04T22:55:40.847-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-01-04T22:55:40.847-08:00</app:edited><title>Unix Basic Commands</title><content type="html">&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0072263369&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Basic UNIX Commands&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following commands to help you manage your UNIX account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: The UNIX (Ultrix) operating system is case sensitive. All commands must be typed in lower-case letters unless noted otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Displaying a Directory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ls-- Lists the names of files in a particular UNIX directory. If you type the ls command with no parameters or qualifiers, the command displays the files listed in your current working directory. When you give the ls command, you can add one or more modifiers to get additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: ls&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Lists the names of files in your default directory, in alphabetical order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: ls -l&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Gives a "long listing" of the files in your directory. In addition to the file name, the long listing shows protection information, file owner, number of characters in file, and the date and time of the last change to the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: ls -a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Causes all your files to be listed, including those files that begin with a period (i.e., hidden files).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, type man ls at the UNIX system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Displaying and Concatenating (Combining) Files&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
more-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enables examination of a continuous text one screenful at a time on a terminal. It normally pauses after each screenful, printing -- More -- at the bottom of the screen. Press &lt;return&gt;to display one more line. Press the &lt;space bar=""&gt;to display another screenful. Press the letter Q to stop displaying the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: more newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Displays the contents of “newfile” one screen ("page") at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about this command, type man more at the UNIX&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0130206016&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
cat-- Displays the contents of a file on your terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cat newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Displays the contents of the file “newfile” on your terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cat newfile oldfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Displays the contents of two files -- “newfile” and “oldfile” -- on your terminal as one continuous display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While a file is being displayed, you can interrupt the output by pressing &lt;ctrl c=""&gt;and return to the UNIX system prompt. &lt;ctrl s=""&gt;suspends the terminal display of the file and the processing of the command. To resume display, press &lt;ctrl q=""&gt;. The interrupted command displays lines beginning at the point at which processing was interrupted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cat command is also used to concatenate (combine) files and put them into another file. If you concatenate files to another one that already exists, the existing contents are permanently lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cat fileone filetwo filethree &amp;gt; newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Links together three files -- fileone, filetwo and filethree -- into a new file called “newfile”. The original files remain intact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about the cat command, type man cat at the UNIX system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copying Files&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cp-- Makes copies of your files. You can use it to make copies of files in your default directory, to copy files from one directory to another directory, or to copy files from other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cp fileone filetwo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Copies the contents of fileone to a file named filetwo. Two separate files now exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cp /usr/neighbor/testfile .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Copies the file testfile from the directory /user/neighbor to your UNIX&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0130206016&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; account. The period( . ) at the end of the command line indicates that the file is to be copied to your current working directory and the name will remain the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To copy a file from another user’s directory on UNIX,&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=013937681X&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; you must know the person’s username.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: cp ~username/file1 yourfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Copies the file "file1" from user to your UNIX account. The name of the file in your directory becomes yourfile. (Protections must be set for file to be readable by you in user abcst’s directory in order to be able to copy the file.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, type man cp at the UNIX system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deleting Files&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rm-- Deletes specific files. You can enter more than one file specification on a command line by separating the file specifications with spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: rm newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Deletes the file named “newfile”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: rm newfile oldfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Deletes two files -- “newfile” and “oldfile”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: rm new*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Deletes all files that begin with the prefix new.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, type man rm at the UNIX system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renaming Files&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mv-- This command changes the identification (name) of one or more files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: mv oldfile newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Changes the name of the file “oldfile” to “newfile”. Only one file will exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: mv oldfile bin/newfile&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Changes the name of the file “oldfile” to “newfile” and places it in the directory /bin. Only one file will exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, type man mv at the UNIX system prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Printing from UNIX&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lpr command prints files on UNIX. Use the -Pqueuename option to select a printer; use the -D option below to get PostScript output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: lpr -PDLH sample.file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: This is the default output. Single-sided output, two pages’ worth of text per side, landscape format (132 characters per line by 66 lines per page). Output is queued to printer .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: lpr -Dpostscript -PCL sample.ps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Result: Use this form option for printing PostScript files (.ps extension) produced by Scribe or other applications. Output is queued to printer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UNIX operating system is case sensitive; type all commands in lower-case letters unless noted otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards,&lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-6493062549139964781?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2WlAWFEc8oeFQSs0JENjEMKA-08/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2WlAWFEc8oeFQSs0JENjEMKA-08/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2WlAWFEc8oeFQSs0JENjEMKA-08/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/2WlAWFEc8oeFQSs0JENjEMKA-08/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/z8azCAr6SvY" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/6493062549139964781/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=6493062549139964781" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/6493062549139964781?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/6493062549139964781?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/z8azCAr6SvY/unix-basic-commands.html" title="Unix Basic Commands" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2010/01/unix-basic-commands.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;C0cNSX8zfSp7ImA9WxBRFUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-513237555171906128</id><published>2010-01-03T09:51:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-03T09:51:38.185-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-01-03T09:51:38.185-08:00</app:edited><title>Differences between Book Mark, Cookies,Cache,Browser History</title><content type="html">Differences between Book Mark, Cookies,Cache,Browser History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Book Mark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of the World Wide Web, a bookmark is a locally stored Uniform Resource Identifier (URI). All modern web browsers include bookmark features. Bookmarks are called favorites or Internet shortcuts in Internet Explorer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;Cookies&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=1580176941&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A cookie is a small piece of text stored on a user's computer by a web Server. A cookie consists of one or more name-value pairs containing bits of information such as user preferences, shopping cart contents, the identifier for a server-based session, or other data used by websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cache:&lt;br /&gt;
A cache operates as a temporary storage area where frequently accessed data can be stored for rapid access. Once the data is stored in the cache, it can be used in the future by accessing the cached copy rather than re-fetching or recomputing the original data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browser Hisory:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Browser history logs the date, time and web address of every page you have visited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards, &lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-513237555171906128?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vn2fMRM_gAzyX6epvNNdvC-olJg/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vn2fMRM_gAzyX6epvNNdvC-olJg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vn2fMRM_gAzyX6epvNNdvC-olJg/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vn2fMRM_gAzyX6epvNNdvC-olJg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/W63X7jcKrc4" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/513237555171906128/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=513237555171906128" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/513237555171906128?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/513237555171906128?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/W63X7jcKrc4/differences-between-book-mark.html" title="Differences between Book Mark, Cookies,Cache,Browser History" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2010/01/differences-between-book-mark.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkIGSHc5fCp7ImA9WxBREEw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-2626894791610663459</id><published>2009-12-28T08:42:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-28T08:42:09.924-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-28T08:42:09.924-08:00</app:edited><title>WinRunner  Interview Questions with Answers</title><content type="html">WinRunner Interview Questions with Answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Explain WinRunner testing process? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner testing process involves six main stages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Create GUI Map File so that WinRunner can recognize the GUI objects in the application being tested&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Create test scripts by recording, programming, or a combination of both. While recording tests, insert checkpoints where you want to check the response of the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii.Debug Test: run tests in Debug mode to make sure they run smoothly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv.Run Tests: run tests in Verify mode to test your application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v.View Results: determines the success or failure of the tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi.Report Defects: If a test run fails due to a defect in the application being tested, you can report information about the defect directly from the Test Results window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is contained in the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner stores information it learns about a window or object in a GUI Map. When WinRunner runs a test, it uses the GUI map to locate objects. It reads an object’s description in the GUI map and then looks for an object with the same properties in the application being tested. Each of these objects in the GUI Map file will be having a logical name and a physical description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) There are 2 types of GUI Map files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Global GUI Map file: a single GUI Map file for the entire application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.GUI Map File per Test: WinRunner automatically creates a GUI Map file for each test created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How does &lt;span&gt;WinRunner&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0615152899&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt; recognize objects on the application? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner uses the GUI Map file to recognize objects on the application. When WinRunner runs a test, it uses the GUI map to locate objects. It reads an object’s description in the GUI map and then looks for an object with the same properties in the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Have you created test scripts and what is contained in the test scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Yes I have created test scripts. It contains the statement in Mercury Interactive’s Test Script Language (TSL). These statements appear as a test script in a test window. You can then enhance your recorded test script, either by typing in additional TSL functions and programming elements or by using WinRunner’s visual programming tool, the Function Generator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How does WinRunner evaluates test results? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Following each test run, WinRunner displays the results in a report. The report details all the major events that occurred during the run, such as checkpoints, error messages, system messages, or user messages. If mismatches are detected at checkpoints during the test run, you can view the expected results and the actual results from the Test Results window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Have you performed debugging of the scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Yes, I have performed debugging of scripts. We can debug the script by executing the script in the debug mode. We can also debug script using the Step, Step Into, Step out functionalities provided by the WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. How do you run your test scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We run tests in Verify mode to test your application. Each time WinRunner encounters a checkpoint in the test script, it compares the current data of the application being tested to the expected data captured earlier. If any mismatches are found, WinRunner captures them as actual results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. How do you analyze results and report the defects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Following each test run, &lt;span&gt;WinRunner&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0971352127&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt; displays the results in a report. The report details all the major events that occurred during the run, such as checkpoints, error messages, system messages, or user messages. If mismatches are detected at checkpoints during the test run, you can view the expected results and the actual results from the Test Results window. If a test run fails due to a defect in the application being tested, you can report information about the defect directly from the Test Results window. This information is sent via e-mail to the quality assurance manager, who tracks the defect until it is fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. What are the different modes of recording? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) There are two type of recording in WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Context Sensitive recording records the operations you perform on your application by identifying Graphical User Interface (GUI) objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Analog recording records keyboard input, mouse clicks, and the precise x- and y-coordinates traveled by the mouse pointer across the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What is the purpose of loading WinRunner Add-Ins? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Add-Ins are used in WinRunner to load functions specific to the particular add-in to the memory. While creating a script only those functions in the add-in selected will be listed in the function generator and while executing the script only those functions in the loaded add-in will be executed else WinRunner will give an error message saying it does not recognize the function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. How to modify the logical name or physical description of the object? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Using GUI editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. How Winrunner handles varying window labels? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Using regular expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. How do you write messages to the report? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) report_msg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. How you used WinRunner in your project? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Yes, I have been WinRunner for creating automates scripts for GUI, functional and regression testing of the AUT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. Explain WinRunner testing process? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner testing process involves six main stages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Create GUI Map File so that WinRunner can recognize the GUI objects in the application being tested&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Create test scripts by recording, programming, or a combination of both. While recording tests, insert checkpoints where you want to check the response of the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iiiDebug Test: run tests in Debug mode to make sure they run smoothly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv.Run Tests: run tests in Verify mode to test your application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v.View Results: determines the success or failure of the tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi.Report Defects: If a test run fails due to a defect in the application being tested, you can report information about the defect directly from the Test Results window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. What in contained in the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner stores information it learns about a window or object in a GUI Map. When WinRunner runs a test, it uses the GUI map to locate objects. It reads an object’s description in the GUI map and then looks for an object with the same properties in the application being tested. Each of these objects in the GUI Map file will be having a logical name and a physical description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) There are 2 types of GUI Map files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Global GUI Map file: a single GUI Map file for the entire application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.GUI Map File per Test: WinRunner automatically creates a GUI Map file for each test created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. How does WinRunner recognize objects on the application? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a)WinRunner uses the GUI Map file to recognize objects on the application. When WinRunner runs a test, it uses the GUI map to locate objects. It reads anobject’sdescription in the GUI map and then looks for an object with the same properties in the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. Have you created test scripts and what is contained in the test scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Yes I have created test scripts. It contains the statement in Mercury Interactive’s Test Script Language (TSL). These statements appear as a test script in a test window. You can then enhance your recorded test script, either by typing in additional TSL functions and programming elements or by using WinRunner’s visual programming tool, the Function Generator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. How does WinRunner evaluates test results? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Following each test run, WinRunner displays the results in a report. The report details all the major events that occurred during the run, such as checkpoints, error messages, system messages, or user messages. If mismatches are detected at checkpoints during the test run, you can view the expected results and the actual results from the Test Results window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Have you performed debugging of the scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Yes, I have performed debugging of scripts. We can debug the script by executing the script in the debug mode. We can also debug script using the Step, Step Into, Step out functionalities provided by the WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. How do you view the contents of the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) GUI Map editor displays the content of a GUI Map. We can invoke GUI Map Editor from the Tools Menu in WinRunner. The GUI Map Editor displays the various GUI Map files created and the windows and objects learned in to them with their logical name and physical description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. When you create GUI map do you record all the objects of specific objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) If we are learning a window then WinRunner automatically learns all the objects in the window else we will we identifying those object, which are to be learned in a window, since we will be working with only those objects while creating scripts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. What is the purpose of set_window command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Set_Window command sets the focus to the specified window. We use this command to set the focus to the required window before executing tests on a particular window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: set_window(, time);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logical name is the logical name of the window and time is the time the execution has to wait till it gets the given window into focus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. How do you load GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can load a GUI Map by using the GUI_load command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: GUI_load();&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. What is the disadvantage of loading the GUI maps through start up scripts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) If we are using a single GUI Map file for the entire AUT then the memory used by the GUI Map may be much high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) If there is any change in the object being learned then WinRunner will not be able to recognize the object, as it is not in the GUI Map file loaded in the memory. So we will have to learn the object again and update the GUI File and reload it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26. How do you unload the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can use GUI_close to unload a specific GUI Map file or else we call use GUI_close_all command to unload all the GUI Map files loaded in the memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: GUI_close(); or GUI_close_all;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. What actually happens when you load GUI map?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) When we load a GUI Map file, the information about the windows and the objects with their logical names and physical description are loaded into memory. So when the WinRunner executes a script on a particular window, it can identify the objects using this information loaded in the memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. What is the purpose of the temp GUI map file? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) While recording a script, WinRunner learns objects and windows by itself. This is actually stored into the temporary GUI Map file. We can specify whether we have to load this temporary GUI Map file should be loaded each time in the General Options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29. What is the extension of gui map file? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The extension for a GUI Map file is “.gui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30. How do you find an object in an GUI map. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The GUI Map Editor is been provided with a Find and Show Buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i To find a particular object in the GUI Map file in the application, select the object and click the Show window. This blinks the selected object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.To find a particular object in a GUI Map file click the Find button, which gives the option to select the object. When the object is selected, if the object has been learned to the GUI Map file it will be focused in the GUI Map file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31. What different actions are performed by find and show button? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) To find a particular object in the GUI Map file in the application, select the object and click the Show window. This blinks the selected object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) To find a particular object in a GUI Map file click the Find button, which gives the option to select the object. When the object is selected, if the object has been learned to the GUI Map file it will be focused in the GUI Map file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
32. How do you identify which files are loaded in the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The GUI Map Editor has a drop down “GUI File” displaying all the GUI Map files loaded into the memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. How do you modify the logical name or the physical description of the objects in GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can modify the logical name or the physical description of an object in a GUI map file using the GUI Map Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. When do you feel you need to modify the logical name? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Changing the logical name of an object is useful when the assigned logical name is not sufficiently descriptive or is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
35. When it is appropriate to change physical description? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Changing the physical description is necessary when the property value of an object changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. How WinRunner handles varying window labels? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can handle varying window labels using regular expressions. WinRunner uses two “hidden” properties in order to use regular expression in an object’s physical description. These properties are regexp_label and regexp_MSW_class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.The regexp_label property is used for windows only. It operates “behind the scenes” to insert a regular expression into a window’s label description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.The regexp_MSW_class property inserts a regular expression into an object’s MSW_class. It is obligatory for all types of windows and for the object class object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. What is the purpose of regexp_label property and regexp_MSW_class property? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The regexp_label property is used for windows only. It operates “behind the scenes” to insert a regular expression into a window’s label description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) The regexp_MSW_class property inserts a regular expression into an object’s MSW_class. It is obligatory for all types of windows and for the object class object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. How do you suppress a regular expression?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can suppress the regular expression of a window by replacing the regexp_label property with label property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. How do you copy and move objects between different GUI map files?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can copy and move objects between different GUI Map files using the GUI Map Editor. The steps to be followed are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i Choose Tools - GUI Map Editor to open the GUI Map Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Choose View - GUI Files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii.Click Expand in the GUI Map Editor. The dialog box expands to display two GUI map files simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. View a different GUI map file on each side of the dialog box by clicking the file names in the GUI File lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v.In one file, select the objects you want to copy or move. Use the Shift key and/or Control key to select multiple objects. To select all objects in a GUI map file, choose Edit &amp;gt; Select All.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi.Click Copy or Move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vii.To restore the GUI Map Editor to its original size, click Collapse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40. How do you select multiple objects during merging the files? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Use the Shift key and/or Control key to select multiple objects. To select all objects in a GUI map file, choose Edit &amp;gt; Select All.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41. How do you clear a GUI map files? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can clear a GUI Map file using the “Clear All” option in the GUI Map Editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. How do you filter the objects in the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) GUI Map Editor has a Filter option. This provides for filtering with 3 different types of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Logical name displays only objects with the specified logical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Physical description displays only objects matching the specified physical description. Use any substring belonging to the physical description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Class displays only objects of the specified class, such as all the push buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. How do you configure gui map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) When WinRunner learns the description of a GUI object, it does not learn all its properties. Instead, it learns the minimum number of properties to provide a unique identification of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Many applications also contain custom GUI objects. A custom object is any object not belonging to one of the standard classes used by WinRunner. These objects are therefore assigned to the generic “object” class. When WinRunner records an operation on a custom object, it generates obj_mouse_ statements in the test script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) If a custom object is similar to a standard object, you can map it to one of the standard classes. You can also configure the properties WinRunner uses to identify a custom object during Context Sensitive testing. The mapping and the configuration you set are valid only for the current WinRunner session. To make the mapping and the configuration permanent, you must add configuration statements to your startup test script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. W hat is the purpose of GUI map configuration? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) GUI Map configuration is used to map a custom object to a standard object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45. How do you make the configuration and mappings permanent? - a) The mapping and the configuration you set are valid only for the current WinRunner session. To make the mapping and the configuration permanent, you must add configuration statements to your startup test script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
46. What is the purpose of GUI spy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Using the GUI Spy, you can view the properties of any GUI object on your desktop. You use the Spy pointer to point to an object, and the GUI Spy displays the properties and their values in the GUI Spy dialog box. You can choose to view all the properties of an object, or only the selected set of properties that WinRunner learns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
47. What is the purpose of obligatory and optional properties of the objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) For each class, WinRunner learns a set of default properties. Each default property is classified “obligatory” or “optional”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. An obligatory property is always learned (if it exists).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.An optional property is used only if the obligatory properties do not provide unique identification of an object. These optional properties are stored in a list. WinRunner selects the minimum number of properties from this list that are necessary to identify the object. It begins with the first property in the list, and continues, if necessary, to add properties to the description until it obtains unique identification for the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
48. When the optional properties are learned? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) An optional property is used only if the obligatory properties do not provide unique identification of an object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
49. What is the purpose of location indicator and index indicator in GUI map configuration?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) In cases where the obligatory and optional properties do not uniquely identify an object, WinRunner uses a selector to differentiate between them. Two types of selectors are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. A location selector uses the spatial position of objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50. The location selector uses the spatial order of objects within the window, from the top left to the bottom right corners, to differentiate among objects with the same description. - ii. An index selector uses a unique number to identify the object in a window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
51. The index selector uses numbers assigned at the time of creation of objects to identify the object in a window. Use this selector if the location of objects with the same description may change within a window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
52. How do you handle custom objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A custom object is any GUI object not belonging to one of the standard classes used by WinRunner. WinRunner learns such objects under the generic “object” class. WinRunner records operations on custom objects using obj_mouse_ statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) If a custom object is similar to a standard object, you can map it to one of the standard classes. You can also configure the properties WinRunner uses to identify a custom object during Context Sensitive testing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
53. What is the name of custom class in WinRunner and what methods it applies on the custom objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner learns custom class objects under the generic “object” class. WinRunner records operations on custom objects using obj_ statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
54. In a situation when obligatory and optional both the properties cannot uniquely identify an object what method WinRunner applies? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) In cases where the obligatory and optional properties do not uniquely identify an object, WinRunner uses a selector to differentiate between them. Two types of selectors are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. A location selector uses the spatial position of objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. An index selector uses a unique number to identify the object in a window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
55. How do you find out which is the start up file in WinRunner? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The test script name in the Startup Test box in the Environment tab in the General Options dialog box is the start up file in WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
56. What are the virtual objects and how do you learn them? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Applications may contain bitmaps that look and behave like GUI objects. WinRunner records operations on these bitmaps using win_mouse_click statements. By defining a bitmap as a virtual object, you can instruct WinRunner to treat it like a GUI object such as a push button, when you record and run tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Using the Virtual Object wizard, you can assign a bitmap to a standard object class, define the coordinates of that object, and assign it a logical name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To define a virtual object using the Virtual Object wizard:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Choose Tools &amp;gt; Virtual Object Wizard. The Virtual Object wizard opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. In the Class list, select a class for the new virtual object. If rows that are displayed in the window. For a table class, select the number of visible rows and columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Click Mark Object. Use the crosshairs pointer to select the area of the virtual object. You can use the arrow keys to make precise adjustments to the area you define with the crosshairs. Press Enter or click the right mouse button to display the virtual object’s coordinates in the wizard. If the object marked is visible on the screen, you can click the Highlight button to view it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv.Assign a logical name to the virtual object. This is the name that appears in the test script when you record on the virtual object. If the object contains text that WinRunner can read, the wizard suggests using this text for the logical name. Otherwise, WinRunner suggests virtual_object, virtual_push_button, virtual_list, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. You can accept the wizard’s suggestion or type in a different name. WinRunner checks that there are no other objects in the GUI map with the same name before confirming your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. How you created you test scripts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) by recording or 2) programming? - a) Programming. I have done complete programming only, absolutely no recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. What are the two modes of recording? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) There are 2 modes of recording in WinRunner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Context Sensitive recording records the operations you perform on your application by identifying Graphical User Interface (GUI) objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Analog recording records keyboard input, mouse clicks, and the precise x- and y-coordinates traveled by the mouse pointer across the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. What is a checkpoint and what are different types of checkpoints?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Checkpoints allow you to compare the current behavior of the application being tested to its behavior in an earlier version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add four types of checkpoints to your test scripts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. GUI checkpoints verify information about GUI objects. For example, you can check that a button is enabled or see which item is selected in a list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Bitmap checkpoints take a “snapshot” of a window or area of your application and compare this to an image captured in an earlier version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Text checkpoints read text in GUI objects and in bitmaps and enable you to verify their contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. Database checkpoints check the contents and the number of rows and columns of a result set, which is based on a query you create on your database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. What is parameterizing? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) In order for WinRunner to use data to drive the test, you must link the data to the test script which it drives. This is called parameterizing your test. The data is stored in a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. How do you maintain the document information of the test scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Before creating a test, you can document information about the test in the General and Description tabs of the Test Properties dialog box. You can enter the name of the test author, the type of functionality tested, a detailed description of the test, and a reference to the relevant functional specifications document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. What do you verify with the GUI checkpoint for single property and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can check a single property of a GUI object. For example, you can check whether a button is enabled or disabled or whether an item in a list is selected. To create a GUI checkpoint for a property value, use the Check Property dialog box to add one of the following functions to the test script:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. button_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. scroll_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. edit_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. static_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. list_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi. win_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vii. obj_check_info&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: button_check_info (button, property, property_value );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
edit_check_info ( edit, property, property_value );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
63. What do you verify with the GUI checkpoint for object/window and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can create a GUI checkpoint to check a single object in the application being tested. You can either check the object with its default properties or you can specify which properties to check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Creating a GUI Checkpoint using the Default Checks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. You can create a GUI checkpoint that performs a default check on the property recommended by WinRunner. For example, if you create a GUI checkpoint that checks a push button, the default check verifies that the push button is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. To create a GUI checkpoint using default checks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
64. Choose Create &amp;gt; GUI Checkpoint &amp;gt; For Object/Window, or click the GUI Checkpoint for Object/Window button on the User toolbar. If you are recording in Analog mode, press the CHECK GUI FOR OBJECT/WINDOW softkey in order to avoid extraneous mouse movements. Note that you can press the CHECK GUI FOR OBJECT/WINDOW softkey in Context Sensitive mode as well. The WinRunner window is minimized, the mouse pointer becomes a pointing hand, and a help window opens on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
65 What is the purpose of different record methods 1) Record 2) Pass up 3) As Object 4) Ignore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Record instructs WinRunner to record all operations performed on a GUI object. This is the default record method for all classes. (The only exception is the static class (static text), for which the default is Pass Up.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Pass Up instructs WinRunner to record an operation performed on this class as an operation performed on the element containing the object. Usually this element is a window, and the operation is recorded as win_mouse_click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) As Object instructs WinRunner to record all operations performed on a GUI object as though its class were “object” class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) Ignore instructs WinRunner to disregard all operations performed on the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
66. WinRunner captures the current value of the property of the GUI object being checked and stores it in the test’s expected results folder. The WinRunner window is restored and a GUI checkpoint is inserted in the test script as an obj_check_gui statement - Syntax: win_check_gui ( window, checklist, expected_results_file, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Creating a GUI Checkpoint by Specifying which Properties to Check&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) You can specify which properties to check for an object. For example, if you create a checkpoint that checks a push button, you can choose to verify that it is in focus, instead of enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e) To create a GUI checkpoint by specifying which properties to check:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Choose Create &amp;gt; GUI Checkpoint &amp;gt; For Object/Window, or click the GUI Checkpoint for Object/Window button on the User toolbar. If you are recording in Analog mode, press the CHECK GUI FOR OBJECT/WINDOW softkey in order to avoid extraneous mouse movements. Note that you can press the CHECK GUI FOR OBJECT/WINDOW softkey in Context Sensitive mode as well. The WinRunner window is minimized, the mouse pointer becomes a pointing hand, and a help window opens on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Double-click the object or window. The Check GUI dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Click an object name in the Objects pane. The Properties pane lists all the properties for the selected object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. Select the properties you want to check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
67. To edit the expected value of a property, first select it. Next, either click the Edit Expected Value button, or double-click the value in the Expected Value column to edit it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
68. To add a check in which you specify arguments, first select the property for which you want to specify arguments. Next, either click the Specify Arguments button, or double-click in the Arguments column. Note that if an ellipsis (three dots) appears in the Arguments column, then you must specify arguments for a check on this property. (You do not need to specify arguments if a default argument is specified.) When checking standard objects, you only specify arguments for certain properties of edit and static text objects. You also specify arguments for checks on certain properties of nonstandard objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
69. To change the viewing options for the properties of an object, use the Show Properties buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
70. Click OK to close the Check GUI dialog box. WinRunner captures the GUI information and stores it in the test’s expected results folder. The WinRunner window is restored and a GUI checkpoint is inserted in the test script as an obj_check_gui or a win_check_gui statement. - Syntax: win_check_gui ( window, checklist, expected_results_file, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_check_gui ( object, checklist, expected results file, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
71. What do you verify with the GUI checkpoint for multiple objects and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) To create a GUI checkpoint for two or more objects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Choose Create &amp;gt; GUI Checkpoint &amp;gt; For Multiple Objects or click the GUI Checkpoint for Multiple Objects button on the User toolbar. If you are recording in Analog mode, press the CHECK GUI FOR MULTIPLE OBJECTS softkey in order to avoid extraneous mouse movements. The Create GUI Checkpoint dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Click the Add button. The mouse pointer becomes a pointing hand and a help window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. To add an object, click it once. If you click a window title bar or menu bar, a help window prompts you to check all the objects in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. The pointing hand remains active. You can continue to choose objects by repeating step 3 above for each object you want to check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. Click the right mouse button to stop the selection process and to restore the mouse pointer to its original shape. The Create GUI Checkpoint dialog box reopens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi. The Objects pane contains the name of the window and objects included in the GUI checkpoint. To specify which objects to check, click an object name in the Objects pane. The Properties pane lists all the properties of the object. The default properties are selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
72. To edit the expected value of a property, first select it. Next, either click the Edit Expected Value button, or double-click the value in the Expected Value column to edit it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
73. To add a check in which you specify arguments, first select the property for which you want to specify arguments. Next, either click the Specify Arguments button, or double-click in the Arguments column. Note that if an ellipsis appears in the Arguments column, then you must specify arguments for a check on this property. (You do not need to specify arguments if a default argument is specified.) When checking standard objects, you only specify arguments for certain properties of edit and static text objects. You also specify arguments for checks on certain properties of nonstandard objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
74. To change the viewing options for the properties of an object, use the Show Properties buttons. - vii. To save the checklist and close the Create GUI Checkpoint dialog box, click OK. WinRunner captures the current property values of the selected GUI objects and stores it in the expected results folder. A win_check_gui statement is inserted in the test script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: win_check_gui ( window, checklist, expected_results_file, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_check_gui ( object, checklist, expected results file, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
75. What information is contained in the checklist file and in which file expected results are stored? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The checklist file contains information about the objects and the properties of the object we are verifying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) The gui*.chk file contains the expected results which is stored in the exp folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
76. What do you verify with the bitmap check point for object/window and what command it generates, explain syntax? - a) You can check an object, a window, or an area of a screen in your application as a bitmap. While creating a test, you indicate what you want to check. WinRunner captures the specified bitmap, stores it in the expected results folder (exp) of the test, and inserts a checkpoint in the test script. When you run the test, WinRunner compares the bitmap currently displayed in the application being tested with the expected bitmap stored earlier. In the event of a mismatch, WinRunner captures the current actual bitmap and generates a difference bitmap. By comparing the three bitmaps (expected, actual, and difference), you can identify the nature of the discrepancy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) When working in Context Sensitive mode, you can capture a bitmap of a window, object, or of a specified area of a screen. WinRunner inserts a checkpoint in the test script in the form of either a win_check_bitmap or obj_check_bitmap statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Note that when you record a test in Analog mode, you should press the CHECK BITMAP OF WINDOW softkey or the CHECK BITMAP OF SCREEN AREA softkey to create a bitmap checkpoint. This prevents WinRunner from recording extraneous mouse movements. If you are programming a test, you can also use the Analog function check_window to check a bitmap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) To capture a window or object as a bitmap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Choose Create &amp;gt; Bitmap Checkpoint &amp;gt; For Object/Window or click the Bitmap Checkpoint for Object/Window button on the User toolbar. Alternatively, if you are recording in Analog mode, press the CHECK BITMAP OF OBJECT/WINDOW softkey. The WinRunner window is minimized, the mouse pointer becomes a pointing hand, and a help window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Point to the object or window and click it. WinRunner captures the bitmap and generates a win_check_bitmap or obj_check_bitmap statement in the script. The TSL statement generated for a window bitmap has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
win_check_bitmap ( object, bitmap, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. For an object bitmap, the syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_check_bitmap ( object, bitmap, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. For example, when you click the title bar of the main window of the Flight Reservation application, the resulting statement might be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
win_check_bitmap (”Flight Reservation”, “Img2″, 1);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. However, if you click the Date of Flight box in the same window, the statement might be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_check_bitmap (”Date of Flight:”, “Img1″, 1);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: obj_check_bitmap ( object, bitmap, time [, x, y, width, height] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
77. What do you verify with the bitmap checkpoint for screen area and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can define any rectangular area of the screen and capture it as a bitmap for comparison. The area can be any size: it can be part of a single window, or it can intersect several windows. The rectangle is identified by the coordinates of its upper left and lower right corners, relative to the upper left corner of the window in which the area is located. If the area intersects several windows or is part of a window with no title (for example, a popup window), its coordinates are relative to the entire screen (the root window).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) To capture an area of the screen as a bitmap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Choose Create &amp;gt; Bitmap Checkpoint &amp;gt; For Screen Area or click the Bitmap Checkpoint for Screen Area button. Alternatively, if you are recording in Analog mode, press the CHECK BITMAP OF SCREEN AREA softkey. The WinRunner window is minimized, the mouse pointer becomes a crosshairs pointer, and a help window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Mark the area to be captured: press the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer until a rectangle encloses the area; then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Press the right mouse button to complete the operation. WinRunner captures the area and generates a win_check_bitmap statement in your script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. The win_check_bitmap statement for an area of the screen has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
win_check_bitmap ( window, bitmap, time, x, y, width, height );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
78. What do you verify with the database checkpoint default and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) By adding runtime database record checkpoints you can compare the information in your application during a test run with the corresponding record in your database. By adding standard database checkpoints to your test scripts, you can check the contents of databases in different versions of your application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) When you create database checkpoints, you define a query on your database, and your database checkpoint checks the values contained in the result set. The result set is set of values retrieved from the results of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) You can create runtime database record checkpoints in order to compare the values displayed in your application during the test run with the corresponding values in the database. If the comparison does not meet the success criteria you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) specify for the checkpoint, the checkpoint fails. You can define a successful runtime database record checkpoint as one where one or more matching records were found, exactly one matching record was found, or where no matching records are found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e) You can create standard database checkpoints to compare the current values of the properties of the result set during the test run to the expected values captured during recording or otherwise set before the test run. If the expected results and the current results do not match, the database checkpoint fails. Standard database checkpoints are useful when the expected results can be established before the test run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: db_check(, );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
f) You can add a runtime database record checkpoint to your test in order to compare information that appears in your application during a test run with the current value(s) in the corresponding record(s) in your database. You add runtime database record checkpoints by running the Runtime Record Checkpoint wizard. When you are finished, the wizard inserts the appropriate db_record_check statement into your script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_record_check(ChecklistFileName,SuccessConditions,RecordNumber );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ChecklistFileName A file created by WinRunner and saved in the test’s checklist folder. The file contains information about the data to be captured during the test run and its corresponding field in the database. The file is created based on the information entered in the Runtime Record Verification wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contains one of the following values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
79. DVR_ONE_OR_MORE_MATCH - The checkpoint passes if one or more matching database records are found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
80. DVR_ONE_MATCH - The checkpoint passes if exactly one matching database record is found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
81. DVR_NO_MATCH - The checkpoint passes if no matching database records are found. - RecordNumber An out parameter returning the number of records in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
82. How do you handle dynamically changing area of the window in the bitmap checkpoints? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The difference between bitmaps option in the Run Tab of the general options defines the minimum number of pixels that constitute a bitmap mismatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
83. What do you verify with the database check point custom and what command it generates, explain syntax?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) When you create a custom check on a database, you create a standard database checkpoint in which you can specify which properties to check on a result set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) You can create a custom check on a database in order to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. check the contents of part or the entire result set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. edit the expected results of the contents of the result set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. count the rows in the result set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. count the columns in the result set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) You can create a custom check on a database using ODBC, Microsoft Query or Data Junction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
84. What do you verify with the sync point for object/window property and what command it generates, explain syntax?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Synchronization compensates for inconsistencies in the performance of your application during a test run. By inserting a synchronization point in your test script, you can instruct WinRunner to suspend the test run and wait for a cue before continuing the test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) You can a synchronization point that instructs WinRunner to wait for a specified object or window to appear. For example, you can tell WinRunner to wait for a window to open before performing an operation within that window, or you may want WinRunner to wait for an object to appear in order to perform an operation on that object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) You use the obj_exists function to create an object synchronization point, and you use the win_exists function to create a window synchronization point. These functions have the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_exists ( object [, time ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
win_exists ( window [, time ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
85. What do you verify with the sync point for object/window bitmap and what command it generates, explain syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can create a bitmap synchronization point that waits for the bitmap of an object or a window to appear in the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) During a test run, WinRunner suspends test execution until the specified bitmap is redrawn, and then compares the current bitmap with the expected one captured earlier. If the bitmaps match, then WinRunner continues the test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
obj_wait_bitmap ( object, image, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
win_wait_bitmap ( window, image, time );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
86. What do you verify with the sync point for screen area and what command it generates, explain syntax? - a) For screen area verification we actually capture the screen area into a bitmap and verify the application screen area with the bitmap file during execution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: obj_wait_bitmap(object, image, time, x, y, width, height);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
87. How do you edit checklist file and when do you need to edit the checklist file? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner has an edit checklist file option under the create menu. Select the “Edit GUI Checklist” to modify GUI checklist file and “Edit Database Checklist” to edit database checklist file. This brings up a dialog box that gives you option to select the checklist file to modify. There is also an option to select the scope of the checklist file, whether it is Test specific or a shared one. Select the checklist file, click OK which opens up the window to edit the properties of the objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
88. How do you edit the expected value of an object? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can modify the expected value of the object by executing the script in the Update mode. We can also manually edit the gui*.chk file which contains the expected values which come under the exp folder to change the values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
89. How do you modify the expected results of a GUI checkpoint? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can modify the expected results of a GUI checkpoint be running the script containing the checkpoint in the update mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
90. How do you handle ActiveX and Visual basic objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner provides with add-ins for ActiveX and Visual basic objects. When loading WinRunner, select those add-ins and these add-ins provide with a set of functions to work on ActiveX and VB objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
91. How do you create ODBC query? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can create ODBC query using the database checkpoint wizard. It provides with option to create an SQL file that uses an ODBC DSN to connect to the database. The SQL File will contain the connection string and the SQL statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
92. How do you record a data driven test? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can create a data-driven testing using data from a flat file, data table or a database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Using Flat File: we actually store the data to be used in a required format in the file. We access the file using the File manipulation commands, reads data from the file and assign the variables with data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Data Table: It is an excel file. We can store test data in these files and manipulate them. We use the ‘ddt_*’ functions to manipulate data in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii.Database: we store test data in the database and access these data using ‘db_*’ functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
93. How do you convert a database file to a text file? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can use Data Junction to create a conversion file which converts a database to a target text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
94. How do you parameterize database check points? - a) When you create a standard database checkpoint using ODBC (Microsoft Query), you can add parameters to an SQL statement to parameterize the checkpoint. This is useful if you want to create a database checkpoint with a query in which the SQL statement defining your query changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
95. How do you create parameterize SQL commands? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A parameterized query is a query in which at least one of the fields of the WHERE clause is parameterized, i.e., the value of the field is specified by a question mark symbol ( ? ). For example, the following SQL statement is based on a query on the database in the sample Flight Reservation application: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. SELECT Flights.Departure, Flights.Flight_Number, Flights.Day_Of_Week FROM Flights Flights WHERE (Flights.Departure=?) AND (Flights.Day_Of_Week=?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT defines the columns to include in the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FROM specifies the path of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WHERE (optional) specifies the conditions, or filters to use in the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departure is the parameter that represents the departure point of a flight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day_Of_Week is the parameter that represents the day of the week of a flight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) When creating a database checkpoint, you insert a db_check statement into your test script. When you parameterize the SQL statement in your checkpoint, the db_check function has a fourth, optional, argument: the parameter_array argument. A statement similar to the following is inserted into your test script:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_check(”list1.cdl”, “dbvf1?, NO_LIMIT, dbvf1_params);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameter_array argument will contain the values to substitute for the parameters in the parameterized checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
96. Explain the following commands: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) db_connect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to connect to a database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_connect(, );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) db_execute_query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to execute a query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_execute_query ( session_name, SQL, record_number );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
record_number is the out value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) db_get_field_value&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
returns the value of a single field in the specified row_index and column in the session_name database session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_get_field_value ( session_name, row_index, column );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) db_get_headers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
returns the number of column headers in a query and the content of the column headers, concatenated and delimited by tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_get_headers ( session_name, header_count, header_content );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e) db_get_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
returns the content of the row, concatenated and delimited by tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_get_row ( session_name, row_index, row_content );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
f) db_write_records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
writes the record set into a text file delimited by tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_write_records ( session_name, output_file [ , headers [ , record_limit ] ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g) db_get_last_error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
returns the last error message of the last ODBC or Data Junction operation in the session_name database session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_get_last_error ( session_name, error );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
h) db_disconnect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
disconnects from the database and ends the database session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_disconnect ( session_name );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) db_dj_convert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
runs the djs_file Data Junction export file. When you run this file, the Data Junction Engine converts data from one spoke (source) to another (target). The optional parameters enable you to override the settings in the Data Junction export file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
db_dj_convert ( djs_file [ , output_file [ , headers [ , record_limit ] ] ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
97. What check points you will use to read and check text on the GUI and explain its syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can use text checkpoints in your test scripts to read and check text in GUI objects and in areas of the screen. While creating a test you point to an object or a window containing text. WinRunner reads the text and writes a TSL statement to the test script. You may then add simple programming elements to your test scripts to verify the contents of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) You can use a text checkpoint to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i.Read text from a GUI object or window in your application, using obj_get_text and win_get_text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii.Search for text in an object or window, using win_find_text and obj_find_text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Move the mouse pointer to text in an object or window, using obj_move_locator_text and win_move_locator_text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. Click on text in an object or window, using obj_click_on_text and win_click_on_text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
98. Explain Get Text checkpoint from object/window with syntax?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We use obj_get_text (, ) function to get the text from an object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) We use win_get_text (window, out_text [, x1, y1, x2, y2]) function to get the text from a window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
99. Explain Get Text checkpoint from screen area with syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We use win_get_text (window, out_text [, x1, y1, x2, y2]) function to get the text from a window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
100. Explain Get Text checkpoint from selection (web only) with syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Returns a text string from an object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
web_obj_get_text (object, table_row, table_column, out_text [, text_before, text_after, index]);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. object The logical name of the object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. table_row If the object is a table, it specifies the location of the row within a table. The string is preceded by the # character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. table_column If the object is a table, it specifies the location of the column within a table. The string is preceded by the # character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. out_text The output variable that stores the text string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. text_before Defines the start of the search area for a particular text string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi. text_after Defines the end of the search area for a particular text string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vii. index The occurrence number to locate. (The default parameter number is numbered 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
101. Explain Get Text checkpoint web text checkpoint with syntax?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We use web_obj_text_exists function for web text checkpoints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
web_obj_text_exists ( object, table_row, table_column, text_to_find [, text_before, text_after] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. object The logical name of the object to search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. table_row If the object is a table, it specifies the location of the row within a table. The string is preceded by the character #.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c. table_column If the object is a table, it specifies the location of the column within a table. The string is preceded by the character #.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d. text_to_find The string that is searched for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e. text_before Defines the start of the search area for a particular text string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
f. text_after Defines the end of the search area for a particular text string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
102. Which TSL functions you will use for - a) Searching text on the window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. find_text ( string, out_coord_array, search_area [, string_def ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string The string that is searched for. The string must be complete, contain no spaces, and it must be preceded and followed by a space outside the quotation marks. To specify a literal, case-sensitive string, enclose the string in quotation marks. Alternatively, you can specify the name of a string variable. In this case, the string variable can include a regular expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
out_coord_array The name of the array that stores the screen coordinates of the text (see explanation below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
search_area The area to search, specified as coordinates x1,y1,x2,y2. These define any two diagonal corners of a rectangle. The interpreter searches for the text in the area defined by the rectangle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string_def Defines the type of search to perform. If no value is specified, (0 or FALSE, the default), the search is for a single complete word only. When 1, or TRUE, is specified, the search is not restricted to a single, complete word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) getting the location of the text string&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. win_find_text ( window, string, result_array [, search_area [, string_def ] ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
window The logical name of the window to search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string The text to locate. To specify a literal, case sensitive string, enclose the string in quotation marks. Alternatively, you can specify the name of a string variable. The value of the string variable can include a regular expression. The regular expression should not include an exclamation mark (!), however, which is treated as a literal character. For more information regarding Regular Expressions, refer to the “Using Regular Expressions” chapter in your User’s Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
result_array The name of the output variable that stores the location of the string as a four-element array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
search_area The region of the object to search, relative to the window. This area is defined as a pair of coordinates, with x1,y1,x2,y2 specifying any two diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular search region. If this parameter is not defined, then the entire window is considered the search area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string_def Defines how the text search is performed. If no string_def is specified, (0 or FALSE, the default parameter), the interpreter searches for a complete word only. If 1, or TRUE, is specified, the search is not restricted to a single, complete word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Moving the pointer to that text string&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. win_move_locator_text (window, string [ ,search_area [ ,string_def ] ] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
window The logical name of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string The text to locate. To specify a literal, case sensitive string, enclose the string in quotation marks. Alternatively, you can specify the name of a string variable. The value of the string variable can include a regular expression (the regular expression need not begin with an exclamation mark).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
search_area The region of the object to search, relative to the window. This area is defined as a pair of coordinates, with x1, y1, x2, y2 specifying any two diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular search region. If this parameter is not defined, then the entire window specified is considered the search area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string_def Defines how the text search is performed. If no string_def is specified, (0 or FALSE, the default parameter), the interpreter searches for a complete word only. If 1, or TRUE, is specified, the search is not restricted to a single, complete word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) Comparing the text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. compare_text (str1, str2 [, chars1, chars2]);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
str1, str2 The two strings to be compared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chars1 One or more characters in the first string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chars2 One or more characters in the second string. These characters are substituted for those in chars1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
103. What are the steps of creating a data driven test? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The steps involved in data driven testing are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Creating a test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Converting to a data-driven test and preparing a database&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Running the test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. Analyzing the test results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
104. Record a data driven test script using data driver wizard? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can use the DataDriver Wizard to convert your entire script or a part of your script into a data-driven test. For example, your test script may include recorded operations, checkpoints, and other statements that do not need to be repeated for multiple sets of data. You need to parameterize only the portion of your test script that you want to run in a loop with multiple sets of data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a data-driven test:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. If you want to turn only part of your test script into a data-driven test, first select those lines in the test script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Choose Tools &amp;gt; DataDriver Wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. If you want to turn only part of the test into a data-driven test, click Cancel. Select those lines in the test script and reopen the DataDriver Wizard. If you want to turn the entire test into a data-driven test, click Next.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iv. The Use a new or existing Excel table box displays the name of the Excel file that WinRunner creates, which stores the data for the data-driven test. Accept the default data table for this test, enter a different name for the data table, or use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
v. The browse button to locate the path of an existing data table. By default, the data table is stored in the test folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi. In the Assign a name to the variable box, enter a variable name with which to refer to the data table, or accept the default name, “table.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vii. At the beginning of a data-driven test, the Excel data table you selected is assigned as the value of the table variable. Throughout the script, only the table variable name is used. This makes it easy for you to assign a different data table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viii. To the script at a later time without making changes throughout the script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ix. Choose from among the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
105. Add statements to create a data-driven test: Automatically adds statements to run your test in a loop: sets a variable name by which to refer to the data table; adds braces ({and}), a for statement, and a ddt_get_row_count statement to your test script selection to run it in a loop while it reads from the data table; adds ddt_open and ddt_close statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
106. To your test script to open and close the data table, which are necessary in order to iterate rows in the table. Note that you can also add these statements to your test script manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
107. If you do not choose this option, you will receive a warning that your data-driven test must contain a loop and statements to open and close your datatable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
108. Import data from a database: Imports data from a database. This option adds ddt_update_from_db, and ddt_save statements to your test script after the ddt_open statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
109. Note that in order to import data from a database, either Microsoft Query or Data Junction must be installed on your machine. You can install Microsoft Query from the custom installation of Microsoft Office. Note that Data Junction is not automatically included in your WinRunner package. To purchase Data Junction, contact your Mercury Interactive representative. For detailed information on working with Data Junction, refer to the documentation in the Data Junction package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
110. Parameterize the test: Replaces fixed values in selected checkpoints and in recorded statements with parameters, using the ddt_val function, and in the data table, adds columns with variable values for the parameters. Line by line: Opens a wizard screen for each line of the selected test script, which enables you to decide whether to parameterize a particular line, and if so, whether to add a new column to the data table or use an existing column when parameterizing data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
111. Automatically: Replaces all data with ddt_val statements and adds new columns to the data table. The first argument of the function is the name of the column in the data table. The replaced data is inserted into the table. - x. The Test script line to parameterize box displays the line of the test script to parameterize. The highlighted value can be replaced by a parameter. The Argument to be replaced box displays the argument (value) that you can replace with a parameter. You can use the arrows to select a different argument to replace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose whether and how to replace the selected data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
112. Do not replace this data: Does not parameterize this data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
113. An existing column: If parameters already exist in the data table for this test, select an existing parameter from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
114. A new column: Creates a new column for this parameter in the data table for this test. Adds the selected data to this column of the data table. The default name for the new parameter is the logical name of the object in the selected. TSL statement above. Accept this name or assign a new name. - xi. The final screen of the wizard opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
115. If you want the data table to open after you close the wizard, select Show data table now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
116. To perform the tasks specified in previous screens and close the wizard, click Finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
117. To close the wizard without making any changes to the test script, click Cancel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
118. What are the three modes of running the scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner provides three modes in which to run tests—Verify, Debug, and Update. You use each mode during a different phase of the testing process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Verify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
119. Use the Verify mode to check your application. - ii. Debug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
120. Use the Debug mode to help you identify bugs in a test script. - iii. Update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
121. Use the Update mode to update the expected results of a test or to create a new expected results folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
122. Explain the following TSL functions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Ddt_open&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates or opens a datatable file so that WinRunner can access it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_open ( data_table_name, mode );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mode The mode for opening the data table: DDT_MODE_READ (read-only) or DDT_MODE_READWRITE (read or write).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Ddt_save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saves the information into a data file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: dt_save (data_table_name);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Ddt_close&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closes a data table file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_close ( data_table_name );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The data table is a Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) Ddt_export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exports the information of one data table file into a different data table file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_export (data_table_namename1, data_table_namename2);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_namename1 The source data table filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_namename2 The destination data table filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e) Ddt_show&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows or hides the table editor of a specified data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_show (data_table_name [, show_flag]);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
show_flag The value indicating whether the editor should be shown (default=1) or hidden (0).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
f) Ddt_get_row_count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieves the no. of rows in a data tables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_get_row_count (data_table_name, out_rows_count);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
out_rows_count The output variable that stores the total number of rows in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
g) ddt_next_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Changes the active row in a database to the next row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_next_row (data_table_name);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
h) ddt_set_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sets the active row in a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_set_row (data_table_name, row);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
row The new active row in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i) ddt_set_val&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sets a value in the current row of the data table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_set_val (data_table_name, parameter, value);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
parameter The name of the column into which the value will be inserted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
value The value to be written into the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
j) ddt_set_val_by_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sets a value in a specified row of the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_set_val_by_row (data_table_name, row, parameter, value);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
row The row number in the table. It can be any existing row or the current row number plus 1, which will add a new row to the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
parameter The name of the column into which the value will be inserted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
value The value to be written into the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
k) ddt_get_current_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieves the active row of a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_get_current_row ( data_table_name, out_row );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
out_row The output variable that stores the active row in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
l) ddt_is_parameter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns whether a parameter in a datatable is valid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_is_parameter (data_table_name, parameter);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
parameter The parameter name to check in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
m) ddt_get_parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns a list of all parameters in a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_get_parameters ( table, params_list, params_num );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
table The pathname of the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
params_list This out parameter returns the list of all parameters in the data table, separated by tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
params_num This out parameter returns the number of parameters in params_list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
n) ddt_val&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns the value of a parameter in the active roe in a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_val (data_table_name, parameter);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
parameter The name of the parameter in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o) ddt_val_by_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns the value of a parameter in the specified row in a data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_val_by_row ( data_table_name, row_number, parameter );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
row_number The number of the row in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
parameter The name of the parameter in the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p) ddt_report_row&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reports the active row in a data table to the test results&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: ddt_report_row (data_table_name);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data_table_name The name of the data table. The name may be the table variable name, the Microsoft Excel file or a tabbed text file name, or the full path and file name of the table. The first row in the file contains the names of the parameters. This row is labeled row 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q) ddt_update_from_db&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imports data from a database into a data table. It is inserted into your test script when you select the Import data from a database option in the DataDriver Wizard. When you run your test, this function updates the data table with data from the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
123. How do you handle unexpected events and errors? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) WinRunner uses exception handling to detect an unexpected event when it occurs and act to recover the test run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define Exception Handling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define Exception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define Handler Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WinRunner enables you to handle the following types of exceptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pop-up exceptions: Instruct WinRunner to detect and handle the appearance of a specific window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TSL exceptions: Instruct WinRunner to detect and handle TSL functions that return a specific error code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Object exceptions: Instruct WinRunner to detect and handle a change in a property for a specific GUI object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web exceptions: When the WebTest add-in is loaded, you can instruct WinRunner to handle unexpected events and errors that occur in your Web site during a test run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
124. How do you handle pop-up exceptions? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A pop-up exception Handler handles the pop-up messages that come up during the execution of the script in the AUT. TO handle this type of exception we make WinRunner learn the window and also specify a handler to the exception. It could be&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Default actions: WinRunner clicks the OK or Cancel button in the pop-up window, or presses Enter on the keyboard. To select a default handler, click the appropriate button in the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. User-defined handler: If you prefer, specify the name of your own handler. Click User Defined Function Name and type in a name in the User Defined Function Name box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
125. How do you handle TSL exceptions? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A TSL exception enables you to detect and respond to a specific error code returned during test execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Suppose you are running a batch test on an unstable version of your application. If your application crashes, you want WinRunner to recover test execution. A TSL exception can instruct WinRunner to recover test execution by exiting the current test, restarting the application, and continuing with the next test in the batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) The handler function is responsible for recovering test execution. When WinRunner detects a specific error code, it calls the handler function. You implement this function to respond to the unexpected error in the way that meets your specific testing needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) Once you have defined the exception, WinRunner activates handling and adds the exception to the list of default TSL exceptions in the Exceptions dialog box. Default TSL exceptions are defined by the XR_EXCP_TSL configuration parameter in the wrun.ini configuration file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
126. How do you handle object exceptions? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) During testing, unexpected changes can occur to GUI objects in the application you are testing. These changes are often subtle but they can disrupt the test run and distort results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) You could use exception handling to detect a change in property of the GUI object during the test run, and to recover test execution by calling a handler function and continue with the test execution &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
127. How do you comment your script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We comment a script or line of script by inserting a ‘#’ at the beginning of the line. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
128. What is a compile module? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A compiled module is a script containing a library of user-defined functions that you want to call frequently from other tests. When you load a compiled module, its functions are automatically compiled and remain in memory. You can call them directly from within any test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Compiled modules can improve the organization and performance of your tests. Since you debug compiled modules before using them, your tests will require less error-checking. In addition, calling a function that is already compiled is significantly faster than interpreting a function in a test script. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
129. What is the difference between script and compile module? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Test script contains the executable file in WinRunner while Compiled Module is used to store reusable functions. Complied modules are not executable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) WinRunner performs a pre-compilation automatically when it saves a module assigned a property value of “Compiled Module”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) By default, modules containing TSL code have a property value of “main”. Main modules are called for execution from within other modules. Main modules are dynamically compiled into machine code only when WinRunner recognizes a “call” statement. Example of a call for the “app_init” script:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
call cso_init();&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
call( “C:\\MyAppFolder\\” &amp;amp; “app_init” );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) Compiled modules are loaded into memory to be referenced from TSL code in any module. Example of a load statement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reload (“C:\\MyAppFolder\\” &amp;amp; “flt_lib”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
load (”C:\\MyAppFolder\\” &amp;amp; “flt_lib”); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
130. Write and explain various loop command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A for loop instructs WinRunner to execute one or more statements a specified number of times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for ( [ expression1 ]; [ expression2 ]; [ expression3 ] )statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. First, expression1 is executed. Next, expression2 is evaluated. If expression2 is true, statement is executed and expression3 is executed. The cycle is repeated as long as expression2 remains true. If expression2 is false, the for statement terminates and execution passes to the first statement immediately following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. For example, the for loop below selects the file UI_TEST from the File Name list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. in the Open window. It selects this file five times and then stops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
set_window (”Open”)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for (i=0; i&amp;lt;5;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
list_select_item(”File_Name:_1?,”UI_TEST”); #Item Number2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) A while loop executes a block of statements for as long as a specified condition is true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while ( expression )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
statement ;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. While expression is true, the statement is executed. The loop ends when the expression is false. For example, the while statement below performs the same function as the for loop above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
set_window (”Open”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i=0;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while (i&amp;lt;5){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i++;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
list_select_item (”File Name:_1?, “UI_TEST”); # Item Number 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) A do/while loop executes a block of statements for as long as a specified condition is true. Unlike the for loop and while loop, a do/while loop tests the conditions at the end of the loop, not at the beginning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A do/while loop has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while (expression);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. The statement is executed and then the expression is evaluated. If the expression is true, then the cycle is repeated. If the expression is false, the cycle is not repeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. For example, the do/while statement below opens and closes the Order dialog box of Flight Reservation five times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
set_window (”Flight Reservation”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i=0;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
menu_select_item (”File;Open Order…”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
set_window (”Open Order”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
button_press (”Cancel”);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i++;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while (i&amp;lt;5);&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
131. Write and explain decision making command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can incorporate decision-making into your test scripts using if/else or switch statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. An if/else statement executes a statement if a condition is true; otherwise, it executes another statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
if ( expression )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
statement1;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[ else&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
statement2; ] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
expression is evaluated. If expression is true, statement1 is executed. If expression1 is false, statement2 is executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) A switch statement enables WinRunner to make a decision based on an expression that can have more than two values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
switch (expression )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_1: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_2: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_n: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default: statement(s)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The switch statement consecutively evaluates each case expression until one is found that equals the initial expression. If no case is equal to the expression, then the default statements are executed. The default statements are optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
132. Write and explain switch command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A switch statement enables WinRunner to make a decision based on an expression that can have more than two values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
switch (expression )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_1: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_2: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
case case_n: statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default: statement(s)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) The switch statement consecutively evaluates each case expression until one is found that equals the initial expression. If no case is equal to the expression, then the default statements are executed. The default statements are optional. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
133. How do you write messages to the report? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) To write message to a report we use the report_msg statement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: report_msg (message); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
134. What is a command to invoke application? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Invoke_application is the function used to invoke an application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: invoke_application(file, command_option, working_dir, SHOW); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
135. What is the purpose of tl_step command?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Used to determine whether sections of a test pass or fail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: tl_step(step_name, status, description); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
136. Which TSL function you will use to compare two files? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can compare 2 files in WinRunner using the file_compare function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: file_compare (file1, file2 [, save file]); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
137. What is the use of function generator? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The Function Generator provides a quick, error-free way to program scripts. You can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Add Context Sensitive functions that perform operations on a GUI object or get information from the application being tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Add Standard and Analog functions that perform non-Context Sensitive tasks such as synchronizing test execution or sending user-defined messages to a report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Add Customization functions that enable you to modify WinRunner to suit your testing environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
138. What is the use of putting call and call_close statements in the test script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) You can use two types of call statements to invoke one test from another:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. A call statement invokes a test from within another test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. A call_close statement invokes a test from within a script and closes the test when the test is completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The call statement has the following syntax: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
139. call test_name ( [ parameter1, parameter2, ...parametern ] ); - iv. The call_close statement has the following syntax: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
140. call_close test_name ( [ parameter1, parameter2, ... parametern ] ); - v. The test_name is the name of the test to invoke. The parameters are the parameters defined for the called test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vi. The parameters are optional. However, when one test calls another, the call statement should designate a value for each parameter defined for the called test. If no parameters are defined for the called test, the call statement must contain an empty set of parentheses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
141. What is the use of treturn and texit statements in the test script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The treturn and texit statements are used to stop execution of called tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. The treturn statement stops the current test and returns control to the calling test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. The texit statement stops test execution entirely, unless tests are being called from a batch test. In this case, control is returned to the main batch test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Both functions provide a return value for the called test. If treturn or texit is not used, or if no value is specified, then the return value of the call statement is 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treturn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) The treturn statement terminates execution of the called test and returns control to the calling test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treturn [( expression )];&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) The optional expression is the value returned to the call statement used to invoke the test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
texit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e) When tests are run interactively, the texit statement discontinues test execution. However, when tests are called from a batch test, texit ends execution of the current test only; control is then returned to the calling batch test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
texit [( expression )]; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
142. Where do you set up the search path for a called test. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The search path determines the directories that WinRunner will search for a called test.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) To set the search path, choose Settings &amp;gt; General Options. The General Options dialog box opens. Click the Folders tab and choose a search path in the Search Path for Called Tests box. WinRunner searches the directories in the order in which they are listed in the box. Note that the search paths you define remain active in future testing sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
143. How you create user-defined functions and explain the syntax? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) A user-defined function has the following structure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[class] function name ([mode] parameter…)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
declarations;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
statements;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) The class of a function can be either static or public. A static function is available only to the test or module within which the function was defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Parameters need not be explicitly declared. They can be of mode in, out, or inout. For all non-array parameters, the default mode is in. For array parameters, the default is inout. The significance of each of these parameter types is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
in: A parameter that is assigned a value from outside the function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
out: A parameter that is assigned a value from inside the function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inout: A parameter that can be assigned a value from outside or inside the function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
144. What does static and public class of a function means? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The class of a function can be either static or public.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) A static function is available only to the test or module within which the function was defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) Once you execute a public function, it is available to all tests, for as long as the test containing the function remains open. This is convenient when you want the function to be accessible from called tests. However, if you want to create a function that will be available to many tests, you should place it in a compiled module. The functions in a compiled module are available for the duration of the testing session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) If no class is explicitly declared, the function is assigned the default class, public. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
145. What does in, out and input parameters means? - a) in: A parameter that is assigned a value from outside the function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) out: A parameter that is assigned a value from inside the function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) inout: A parameter that can be assigned a value from outside or inside the function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
146. What is the purpose of return statement? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) This statement passes control back to the calling function or test. It also returns the value of the evaluated expression to the calling function or test. If no expression is assigned to the return statement, an empty string is returned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax: return [( expression )]; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
147. What does auto, static, public and extern variables means? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) auto: An auto variable can be declared only within a function and is local to that function. It exists only for as long as the function is running. A new copy of the variable is created each time the function is called.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) static: A static variable is local to the function, test, or compiled module in which it is declared. The variable retains its value until the test is terminated by an Abort command. This variable is initialized each time the definition of the function is executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) public: A public variable can be declared only within a test or module, and is available for all functions, tests, and compiled modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) extern: An extern declaration indicates a reference to a public variable declared outside of the current test or module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
148. How do you declare constants? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The const specifier indicates that the declared value cannot be modified. The class of a constant may be either public or static. If no class is explicitly declared, the constant is assigned the default class public. Once a constant is defined, it remains in existence until you exit WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) The syntax of this declaration is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[class] const name [= expression]; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
149. How do you declare arrays? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The following syntax is used to define the class and the initial expression of an array. Array size need not be defined in TSL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) class array_name [ ] [=init_expression]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) The array class may be any of the classes used for variable declarations (auto, static, public, extern). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
150. How do you load and unload a compile module? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) In order to access the functions in a compiled module you need to load the module. You can load it from within any test script using the load command; all tests will then be able to access the function until you quit WinRunner or unload the compiled module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) You can load a module either as a system module or as a user module. A system module is generally a closed module that is “invisible” to the tester. It is not displayed when it is loaded, cannot be stepped into, and is not stopped by a pause command. A system module is not unloaded when you execute an unload statement with no parameters (global unload).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
load (module_name [,1&lt;br /&gt;
0] [,1&lt;br /&gt;
0] );&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module_name is the name of an existing compiled module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two additional, optional parameters indicate the type of module. The first parameter indicates whether the function module is a system module or a user module: 1 indicates a system module; 0 indicates a user module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Default = 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second optional parameter indicates whether a user module will remain open in the WinRunner window or will close automatically after it is loaded: 1 indicates that the module will close automatically; 0 indicates that the module will remain open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Default = 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c) The unload function removes a loaded module or selected functions from memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unload ( [ module_name &lt;br /&gt;
test_name [ , "function_name" ] ] ); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
151. How do you update your expected results? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
152. How do you run your script with multiple sets of expected results? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
153. How do you view and evaluate test results for various check points? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
154. How do you view the results of file comparison? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
155. What is the purpose of Wdiff utility? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
156. What are batch tests and how do you create and run batch tests ? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
157. How do you store and view batch test results? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
158. How do you execute your tests from windows run command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
159. Explain different command line options? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
160. What TSL function you will use to pause your script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
161. What is the purpose of setting a break point? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
162. What is a watch list? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
163. During debugging how do you monitor the value of the variables? - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
164. What are the reasons that WinRunner fails to identify an object on the GUI? - a) WinRunner fails to identify an object in a GUI due to various reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. The object is not a standard windows object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. If the browser used is not compatible with the WinRunner version, GUI Map Editor will not be able to learn any of the objects displayed in the browser window. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
165. What do you mean by the logical name of the object. - a) An object’s logical name is determined by its class. In most cases, the logical name is the label that appears on an object. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
166. If the object does not have a name then what will be the logical name? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the object does not have a name then the logical name could be the attached text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
167. What is the different between GUI map and GUI map files?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) The GUI map is actually the sum of one or more GUI map files. There are two modes for organizing GUI map files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Global GUI Map file: a single GUI Map file for the entire application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. GUI Map File per Test: WinRunner automatically creates a GUI Map file for each test created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) GUI Map file is a file which contains the windows and the objects learned by the WinRunner with its logical name and their physical description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
168. How do you view the contents of the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) GUI Map editor displays the content of a GUI Map. We can invoke GUI Map Editor from the Tools Menu in WinRunner. The GUI Map Editor displays the various GUI Map files created and the windows and objects learned in to them with their logical name and physical description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
169. What is startup script in WinRunner? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is writing a script and when WinRunner starts it automatically runs the script. If you write script like invoking some application as soon as the script is run the application will be invoked for the purpose of testing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
170. What is the purpose of loading WinRunner add-ins? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add-ins are used in WinRunner to load functions specific to the particular add-in to the memory. While creating a script only those functions in the add-in selected will be listed in the function generator,and while executing the script only those functions in the loaded add-in will be executed,else WinRunner will give an error message saying it does not recognize the function &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
171. What is the purpose of GUI spy? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the GUI spy you can view the properties of any GUI object and your desktop. You use the spy pointer to point to an object,and the GUI spy displays the properties and their values in the GUI spy dialog box. You can choose to view all properties of an object, or only the selected set of properties that WinRunner learns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
172. When you create GUI map do you record all the objects of specific objects? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) If we are learning a window then WinRunner automatically learns all the objects in the window else we will we identifying those object, which are to be learned in a window, since we will be working with only those objects while creating scripts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
173. What is the purpose of set_window command? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) Set_Window command sets the focus to the specified window. We use this command to set the focus to the required window before executing tests on a particular window. Syntax: set_window(, time); The logical name is the logical name of the window and time is the time the execution has to wait till it gets the given window into focus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
174. How do you load GUI map?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;We can load a GUI Map by using the GUI_load command. Syntax: GUI_load(); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
175. What is the disadvantage of loading the GUI maps through start up scripts? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d) If we are using a single GUI Map file for the entire AUT then the memory used by the GUI Map may be much high. e) If there is any change in the object being learned then WinRunner will not be able to recognize the object, as it is not in the GUI Map file loaded in the memory. So we will have to learn the object again and update the GUI File and reload it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
176. How do you unload the GUI map? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) We can use GUI_close to unload a specific GUI Map file or else we call use GUI_close_all command to unload all the GUI Map files loaded in the memory. Syntax: GUI_close(); or GUI_close_all; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
Regards, &lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-2626894791610663459?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/t3WTy_yeSmG2CoY52bFLRMhG0-g/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/t3WTy_yeSmG2CoY52bFLRMhG0-g/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/t3WTy_yeSmG2CoY52bFLRMhG0-g/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/t3WTy_yeSmG2CoY52bFLRMhG0-g/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/4J-PtGZ2XlI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/2626894791610663459/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=2626894791610663459" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/2626894791610663459?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/2626894791610663459?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/4J-PtGZ2XlI/winrunner-interview-questions-with.html" title="WinRunner  Interview Questions with Answers" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/winrunner-interview-questions-with.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;C0QFRn05eSp7ImA9WxBSGU4.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-733381213084157771</id><published>2009-12-27T08:28:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-27T08:28:37.321-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-27T08:28:37.321-08:00</app:edited><title>General Guidelines for Preparing ISTQB Exam</title><content type="html">&lt;span&gt;&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=B000HGSHC0&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General Guidelines for Preparing ISTQB Exam&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.of Questions : 40 Questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
65% pass mark &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time duration : 90 minutes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple choice questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only one correct answer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No negative marking &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paper/Pen based exam. Darken the appropriate circle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not online &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All questions from syllabus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the syllabus very carefully &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question &lt;span&gt;breakup &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=B000OVCJ7M&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50% K1 (remember, recall type) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30% K2 (Compare, contrast type) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20% K3 (Analyze, apply type. Numerical type as well) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See syllabus for details on K levels &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
Regards, &lt;br /&gt;
Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-733381213084157771?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kiLY0vC4e_ifRNK30I8L47chUi8/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kiLY0vC4e_ifRNK30I8L47chUi8/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kiLY0vC4e_ifRNK30I8L47chUi8/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kiLY0vC4e_ifRNK30I8L47chUi8/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/MxKhDSC5d_E" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/733381213084157771/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=733381213084157771" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/733381213084157771?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/733381213084157771?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/MxKhDSC5d_E/general-guidelines-for-preparing-istqb.html" title="General Guidelines for Preparing ISTQB Exam" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/general-guidelines-for-preparing-istqb.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUEASXw7fyp7ImA9WxBSGEk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-9165555943267359740</id><published>2009-12-26T09:14:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-26T09:14:08.207-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-26T09:14:08.207-08:00</app:edited><title>Load Runner Testing Questions with Answers</title><content type="html">&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Script-Special-Incl-Bonus-DVD/dp/B002ASVYPU?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;Script (Special Edition) (Incl Bonus DVD)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=B002ASVYPU" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here I am posting Load Runner questions with answers, hope this will help&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions on load runner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interview Questions- Load Runner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is load&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Psychometric-Testing-V1-Career-Builder/dp/B00029R9KI?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;testing&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=B00029R9KI" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Load testing is to test that if the application works fine with the loads that result from large number of simultaneous users, transactions and to determine weather it can handle peak usage periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is Performance testing? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Timing for both read and update transactions should be gathered to determine whether system functions are being performed in an acceptable timeframe. This should be done standalone and then in a multi user environment to determine the effect of multiple transactions on the timing of a single transaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Did u use LoadRunner? What &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Mighty-Bright-XtraFlex2-Frustration-Free-Packaging/dp/B002CMLDT6?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;version&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=B002CMLDT6" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes. Version 7.2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Explain the Load testing process? -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Planning the test. Here, we develop a clearly defined test plan to ensure the test scenarios we develop will accomplish load-testing objectives. Step 2: Creating Vusers. Here, we create Vuser scripts that contain tasks performed by each Vuser, tasks performed by Vusers as a whole, and tasks measured as transactions. Step 3: Creating the scenario. A scenario describes the events that occur during a testing session. It includes a list of machines, scripts, and Vusers that run during the scenario. We create scenarios using LoadRunner Controller. We can create manual scenarios as well as goal-oriented scenarios. In manual scenarios, we define the number of Vusers, the load generator machines, and percentage of Vusers to be assigned to each script. For web tests, we may create a goal-oriented scenario where we define the goal that our test has to achieve. LoadRunner automatically builds a scenario for us. Step 4: Running the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We emulate load on the server by instructing multiple Vusers to perform tasks simultaneously. Before the testing, we set the scenario configuration and scheduling. We can run the entire scenario, Vuser groups, or individual Vusers. Step 5: Monitoring the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We monitor scenario execution using the LoadRunner online runtime, transaction, system resource, Web resource, Web server resource, Web application server resource, database server resource, network delay, streaming media resource, firewall server resource, ERP server resource, and Java performance monitors. Step 6: Analyzing test results. During scenario execution, LoadRunner records the performance of the application under different loads. We use LoadRunner’s graphs and reports to analyze the application’s performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When do you do load and &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Performance-Theory-Routledgeclassics-R-Schechner/dp/0415314550?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;performance&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0415314550" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Testing? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. What are the components of LoadRunner? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. What Component of &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Integrated-Approach-Performance-Testing-Practitioners/dp/1591407850?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;LoadRunner&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=1591407850" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; would you use to play Back the script in multi user mode? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Controller component is used to playback the script in multi-user mode. This is done during a scenario run where a vuser script is executed by a number of vusers in a group. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. What is a rendezvous point? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- You insert rendezvous points into Vuser scripts to emulate heavy user load on the server. Rendezvous points instruct Vusers to wait during test execution for multiple Vusers to arrive at a certain point, in order that they may simultaneously perform a task. For example, to emulate peak load on the bank server, you can insert a rendezvous point instructing 100 Vusers to deposit cash into their accounts at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What is a &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Scenarios-Conversation-Kees-van-Heijden/dp/0470023686?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;scenario&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0470023686" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A scenario defines the events that occur during each testing session. For example, a scenario defines and controls the number of users to emulate, the actions to be performed, and the machines on which the virtual users run their emulations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Explain the recording mode for web Vuser script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- We use VuGen to develop a Vuser script by recording a user performing typical business processes on a client application. VuGen creates the script by recording the activity between the client and the server. For example, in web based applications, VuGen monitors the client end of the database and traces all the requests sent to, and received from, the database server. We use VuGen to: Monitor the communication between the application and the server; Generate the required function calls; and Insert the generated function calls into a Vuser script. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Why do you create parameters?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Parameters are like script variables. They are used to vary input to the server and to emulate real users. Different sets of data are sent to the server each time the script is run. Better simulate the usage model for more accurate testing from the Controller; one script can emulate many different users on the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. What is &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Anticipating-Correlations-Management-Econometric-Institutes/dp/0691116415?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;correlation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0691116415" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the difference between automatic correlation and manual correlation? - Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. How do you find out where correlation is required? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give few examples from your projects? - Two ways: First we can scan for correlations, and see the list of values which can be correlated. From this we can pick a value to be correlated. Secondly, we can record two scripts and compare them. We can look up the difference file to see for the values which needed to be correlated. In my project, there was a unique id developed for each customer, it was nothing but Insurance Number, it was generated automatically and it was sequential and this value was unique. I had to correlate this value, in order to avoid errors while running my script. I did using scan for correlation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. Where do you set automatic correlation &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Option-Volatility-Pricing-Strategies-Techniques/dp/155738486X?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;options&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=155738486X" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Automatic correlation from web point of view can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web Vuser script?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Web_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When do you disable log in Virtual User Generator, When do you choose standard and extended logs? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Once we debug our script and verify that it is functional, we can enable logging for errors only. When we add a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. Standard Log Option: When you select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard log, it creates a standard log of functions and messages sent during script execution to use for debugging. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled Extended Log Option: Select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
extended log to create an extended log, including warnings and other messages. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. We can specify which additional information should be added to the extended log using the Extended log options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. How do you debug a LoadRunner script? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- VuGen contains two options to help debug Vuser scripts-the Run Step by Step command and breakpoints. The Debug settings in the Options dialog box allow us to determine the extent of the trace to be performed during scenario execution. The debug information is written to the Output window. We can manually set the message class within your script using the lr_set_debug_message function. This is useful if we want to receive debug information about a small section of the script only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. How do you write user defined functions in LR? Give me few functions you wrote in your previous project?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Before we create the User Defined functions we need to create the external&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
library (DLL) with the function. We add this library to VuGen bin directory. Once the library is added then we assign user defined function as a parameter. The function should have the following format: __declspec (dllexport) char* &lt;function name=""&gt;(char*, char*)Examples of user defined functions are as follows:GetVersion, GetCurrentTime, GetPltform are some of the user defined functions used in my earlier project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. What are the changes you can make in run-time settings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Run Time Settings that we make are: a) Pacing - It has iteration count. b) Log - Under this we have Disable Logging Standard Log and c) Extended Think Time - In think time we have two options like Ignore think time and Replay think time. d) General - Under general tab we can set the vusers as process or as multithreading and whether each step as a transaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. How do you perform functional testing under load? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Functionality under load can be tested by running several Vusers concurrently. By increasing the amount of Vusers, we can determine how much load the server can sustain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. What is Ramp up? How do you set this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- This option is used to gradually increase the amount of Vusers/load on the server. An initial value is set and a value to wait between intervals can be&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
specified. To set Ramp Up, go to ‘Scenario Scheduling Options’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. What is the advantage of running the Vuser as thread? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- VuGen provides the facility to use multithreading. This enables more Vusers to be run per&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
generator. If the Vuser is run as a process, the same driver program is loaded into memory for each Vuser, thus taking up a large amount of memory. This limits the number of Vusers that can be run on a single&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
generator. If the Vuser is run as a thread, only one instance of the driver program is loaded into memory for the given number of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vusers (say 100). Each thread shares the memory of the parent driver program, thus enabling more Vusers to be run per generator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. If you want to stop the execution of your script on error, how do you do that? – &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lr_abort function aborts the execution of a Vuser script. It instructs the Vuser to stop executing the Actions section, execute the vuser_end section and end the execution. This function is useful when you need to manually abort a script execution as a result of a specific error condition. When you end a script using this function, the Vuser is assigned the status "Stopped". For this to take effect, we have to first uncheck the “Continue on error” option in Run-Time Settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. What is the relation between Response Time and Throughput?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Throughput graph shows the amount of data in bytes that the Vusers received from the server in a second. When we compare this with the transaction response time, we will notice that as throughput decreased, the response time also decreased. Similarly, the peak throughput and highest response time would occur approximately at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26. Explain the &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/System-Center-Configuration-Manager-Unleashed/dp/0672330237?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;Configuration&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0672330237" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; of your systems? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The configuration of our systems refers to that of the client machines on which we run the Vusers. The configuration of any client machine includes its hardware settings, memory, operating system, software applications, development tools, etc. This system component configuration should match with the overall system configuration that would include the network infrastructure, the web server, the database server, and any other components that go with this larger system so as to achieve the load testing objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. How do you identify the performance bottlenecks? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Performance Bottlenecks can be detected by using monitors. These monitors might be application server monitors, web server monitors, database server monitors and network monitors. They help in finding out the troubled area in our scenario which causes increased response time. The measurements made are usually performance response time, throughput, hits/sec, network delay graphs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. If web server, database and Network are all fine where could be the problem?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The problem could be in the system itself or in the application server or in the code written for the application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29. How did you find web server related issues? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Using Web resource monitors we can find the performance of web servers. Using these monitors we can analyze throughput on the web server, number of hits per second that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
occurred during scenario, the number of http responses per second, the number of downloaded pages per second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30. How did you find database related issues? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- By running “Database” monitor and help of “Data Resource Graph” we can find database related issues. E.g. You can specify the resource you want to measure on before running the controller and than you can see database related issues &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31. How did you plan the &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Glycemic-Load-Diet-powerful-reversing-resistance/dp/0071462694?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;Load&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0071462694" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;? What are the Criteria? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Load test is planned to decide the number of users, what kind of machines we are going to use and from where they are run. It is based on 2 important documents, Task Distribution Diagram and Transaction profile. Task Distribution Diagram gives us the information on number of users for a particular transaction and the time of the load. The peak usage and off-usage are decided from this Diagram. Transaction profile gives us the information about the transactions name and their priority levels with regard to the scenario we are deciding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
32. What does vuser_init action contain?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Vuser_init action contains procedures to login to a server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. What does vuser_end action contain? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Vuser_end section contains log off procedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. What is think time? How do you change the threshold? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Think time is the time that a real user waits between actions. Example: When a user receives data from a server, the user may wait several seconds to review the data before responding. This delay is known as the think time. Changing the Threshold: Threshold level is the level below which the recorded think time will be ignored. The default value is five (5) seconds. We can change the think time threshold in the Recording options of the Vugen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
35. What is the difference between standard log and extended log? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The standard log sends a subset of functions and messages sent during script execution to a log. The subset depends on the Vuser type Extended log sends a detailed script execution messages to the output log. This is mainly used during debugging when we want information about: Parameter substitution. Data returned by the server. Advanced trace. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. Explain the following &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Handbook-Mathematical-Functions-Formulas-Graphs/dp/0486612724?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;functions&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0486612724" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;: - lr_debug_message - The lr_debug_message function sends a debug message to the output log when the specified message class is set. lr_output_message - The lr_output_message function sends notifications to the Controller Output window and the Vuser log file. lr_error_message - The lr_error_message function sends an error message to the LoadRunner Output window. lrd_stmt - The lrd_stmt function associates a character string (usually a SQL statement) with a cursor. This function sets a SQL statement to be processed. lrd_fetch - The lrd_fetch function fetches the next row from the result set. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. Throughput - If the throughput scales upward as time progresses and the number of Vusers increase, this indicates that the bandwidth is sufficient. If the graph were to remain relatively flat as the number of Vusers increased, it would&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
be reasonable to conclude that the bandwidth is constraining the volume of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data delivered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. Types of Goals in Goal-Oriented Scenario - Load Runner provides you with five different types of goals in a goal oriented scenario: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o The number of concurrent Vusers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o The number of hits per second &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o The number of transactions per second &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o The number of pages per minute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o The transaction response time that you want your scenario&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. Analysis Scenario (Bottlenecks): In Running Vuser graph correlated with the response time graph you can see that as the number of Vusers increases, the average response time of the check itinerary transaction very gradually increases. In other words, the average response time steadily increases as the load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
increases. At 56 Vusers, there is a sudden, sharp increase in the average response&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
time. We say that the test broke the server. That is the mean time before failure (MTBF). The response time clearly began to degrade when there were more than 56 Vusers running simultaneously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40. What is &lt;span&gt;correlation&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=B000063KNC&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the difference between automatic correlation and manual correlation? - Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41. Where do you set &lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Stuhrling-Original-Lifestyle-Winchester-165A-33112/dp/B001GPOMU2?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;automatic &lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=B001GPOMU2" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; correlation options?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Automatic correlation from web point of view, can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database, can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web vuser script? –&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Learning-Web-Design-Beginners-StyleSheets/dp/0596527527?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;link_code=bil&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" imageanchor="1" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span&gt;Web&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0596527527&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="align: left; height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;img alt="Learning Web Design: A Beginner's Guide to (X)HTML, StyleSheets, and Web Graphics" src="http://ws.amazon.com/widgets/q?MarketPlace=US&amp;amp;ServiceVersion=20070822&amp;amp;ID=AsinImage&amp;amp;WS=1&amp;amp;Format=_SL160_&amp;amp;ASIN=0596527527&amp;amp;tag=bharath.pen@gmail.com" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=bharath.pen@gmail.com&amp;amp;l=bil&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0596527527" style="border-bottom: medium none; border-left: medium none; border-right: medium none; border-top: medium none; margin: 0px;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards,&lt;br /&gt;
Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-9165555943267359740?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iHOHtEN1Oip1ImcpWwtQJ8rNoVU/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iHOHtEN1Oip1ImcpWwtQJ8rNoVU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iHOHtEN1Oip1ImcpWwtQJ8rNoVU/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iHOHtEN1Oip1ImcpWwtQJ8rNoVU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/csd0_xYbgNM" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/9165555943267359740/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=9165555943267359740" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/9165555943267359740?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/9165555943267359740?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/csd0_xYbgNM/load-runner-testing-questions-with.html" title="Load Runner Testing Questions with Answers" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/load-runner-testing-questions-with.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEcERH87cSp7ImA9WxBSF0s.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-8345959129565127868</id><published>2009-12-25T09:26:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-25T09:26:45.109-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-25T09:26:45.109-08:00</app:edited><title>Testing Interview Questions</title><content type="html">Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hope this questions will be help ful&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Software Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Purpose of Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What types of testing do testers perform ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Outcome of Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What kind of testing have you done ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the need for testing ? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you determine, what to be tested ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you go about testing a project ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Initial Stage of testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the various levels of testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the Minimum requirements to start testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is test metrics ? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why do you go for White box testing, when Black box testing is available ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the entry criteria for Automation testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When to start and Stop Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Quality ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is quality assurance ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is quality control ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is verification ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is validation ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between functional spec. and Business requirement specification ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between unit testing and integration testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://testbharath.wetpaint.com/"&gt;http://testbharath.wetpaint.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/"&gt;http://whytesting.blogspot.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://groups.google.co.in/group/testing-certifications"&gt;http://groups.google.co.in/group/testing-certifications&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://testingforsoftware.blogspot.com/"&gt;http://testingforsoftware.blogspot.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-8345959129565127868?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1itYiJyG85UBfZx64ZnpLUDVfDY/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1itYiJyG85UBfZx64ZnpLUDVfDY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1itYiJyG85UBfZx64ZnpLUDVfDY/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/1itYiJyG85UBfZx64ZnpLUDVfDY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/s_k-mJPKDeg" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/8345959129565127868/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=8345959129565127868" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/8345959129565127868?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/8345959129565127868?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/s_k-mJPKDeg/testing-interview-questions_25.html" title="Testing Interview Questions" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/testing-interview-questions_25.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DEYNQXczeip7ImA9WxBSFks.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-6874215972712291487</id><published>2009-12-24T06:49:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-24T06:49:50.982-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-24T06:49:50.982-08:00</app:edited><title>Testing Interview Questions</title><content type="html">Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here I am posting the Interview Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between Volume &amp;amp; Load ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is diff between Volume &amp;amp; Stress ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between Stress &amp;amp; Load Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Diff between Two Tier &amp;amp; Three tier Architecture ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between Client Server &amp;amp; Web Based Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between Integration &amp;amp; System Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Diff between Code Walkthrough &amp;amp; Code Review ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between walkthrough and inspection ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Diff between SIT &amp;amp; IST ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the Diff between static and dynamic ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the diff between alpha testing and beta testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Smoke Testing &amp;amp; when it will be done ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Adhoc Testing ? When it can be done ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is cookie testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is security testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is database testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Web Based Application Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Client Server Application Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Two Tier &amp;amp; Three tier Architecture ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the use of Functional Specification ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why do we prepare test condition, test cases, test script ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is it not waste of time in preparing the test condition, test case &amp;amp; Test Script ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you go about testing of Web Application ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you go about testing of Client Server Application ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by Static Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can the static testing be done for both Web &amp;amp; Client Server Application ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Static Testing, what all can be tested ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can test condition, test case &amp;amp; test script help you in performing the static testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by dynamic testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is the dynamic testing a functional testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is the Static testing a functional testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the functional testing you perform ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by Alpha Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What kind of Document you need for going for an Functional testing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by Beta Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At what stage the unit testing has to be done ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who can perform the Unit Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When will the Verification &amp;amp; Validation be done ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by Code Walkthrough ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant Code Review ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the testing that a tester performs at the end of Unit Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the things, you prefer &amp;amp; Prepare before starting Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Integration Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Incremental Integration Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by System Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is meant by SIT ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When do you go for Integration Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is SDLC and TDLC ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the Qualities of a Tester ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the relation ship between Quality &amp;amp; Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the types of testing you know and you experienced ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After completing testing, what would you deliver to the client ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is a Test Bed ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why do you go for Test Bed ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is a Data Guidelines ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is Severity and Priority and who will decide what ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can Automation testing replace manual testing ? If it so, how ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is a test case ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is a test condition ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the test script ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the test data ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is an Inconsistent bug ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between Re-testing and Regression testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the different types of testing techniques ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the different types of test case techniques ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the risks involved in testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Differentiate Test bed and Test Environment ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What ifs the difference between defect, error, bug, failure, fault ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between quality and testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between White &amp;amp; Black Box Testing ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between Quality Assurance and Quality Control ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between Testing and debugging ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between bug and defect ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the difference between verification and validation ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://testbharath.wetpaint.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://whytesting.blogspot.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://groups.google.co.in/group/testing-certifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://testingforsoftware.blogspot.com/&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-6874215972712291487?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U-yFYtMtFq3vruSkw2ZXp9ZdmJs/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U-yFYtMtFq3vruSkw2ZXp9ZdmJs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U-yFYtMtFq3vruSkw2ZXp9ZdmJs/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/U-yFYtMtFq3vruSkw2ZXp9ZdmJs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/g572AIlmxHo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/6874215972712291487/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=6874215972712291487" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/6874215972712291487?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/6874215972712291487?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/g572AIlmxHo/testing-interview-questions.html" title="Testing Interview Questions" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/testing-interview-questions.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkMDRXk7eSp7ImA9WxBSFUQ.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-3188210892829756011</id><published>2009-12-23T09:47:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-23T09:47:54.701-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-12-23T09:47:54.701-08:00</app:edited><title>About Cookies</title><content type="html">Hi All,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today i am sharing the information about Cookies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A "cookie" is a small piece of information sent by a web server to store on a web browser so it can later be read back from that browser. This is useful for having the browser remember some specific information. These are small data files which act as unique identifiers and allow our site to remember a particular user. Cookies do not harm computer. Certain areas of our web site, such as our forums use cookies. Some times user’s personal information is stored in cookies and if someone hacks the cookie then hacker can get access to your personal information. Even corrupted cookies can be read by different domains and lead to security issues. This is why testing of website cookies is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and requesting all to paricipate every one and share their knowledge here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regards,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bharath&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/"&gt;http://whytesting.blogspot.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://testbharath.wetpaint.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://groups.google.co.in/group/testing-certifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://testingforsoftware.blogspot.com/&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-3188210892829756011?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/7xJoOxMUJ56s5cXqQLq6XBxebJc/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/7xJoOxMUJ56s5cXqQLq6XBxebJc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/7xJoOxMUJ56s5cXqQLq6XBxebJc/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/7xJoOxMUJ56s5cXqQLq6XBxebJc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/vSEa5-yqKyc" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/3188210892829756011/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=3188210892829756011" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3188210892829756011?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3188210892829756011?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/vSEa5-yqKyc/about-cookies.html" title="About Cookies" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/12/about-cookies.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D0ADQXo-cCp7ImA9WxJVEUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-1271956847382666835</id><published>2009-06-27T19:22:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-06-27T19:22:50.458-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-06-27T19:22:50.458-07:00</app:edited><title>HI</title><content type="html">&lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://widgets.clearspring.com/o/491a038f70736817/4a46d3f8d626b339/491a038f70736817/4675de38/widget.js"&gt;&lt;/script&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-1271956847382666835?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/62SJfBo8PTH2u1fBgdc4kHUsgPg/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/62SJfBo8PTH2u1fBgdc4kHUsgPg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/62SJfBo8PTH2u1fBgdc4kHUsgPg/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/62SJfBo8PTH2u1fBgdc4kHUsgPg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/ZW-FDeqf730" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/1271956847382666835/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=1271956847382666835" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1271956847382666835?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1271956847382666835?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/ZW-FDeqf730/hi.html" title="HI" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2009/06/hi.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;Ak8ER3s-eSp7ImA9WB5XFE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-1583739482971025474</id><published>2007-07-14T03:23:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-07-14T03:26:46.551-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-07-14T03:26:46.551-07:00</app:edited><title>Rational Robot sortcut keys</title><content type="html">WinRunner Shortcut Keys   &lt;br /&gt; S.No Function Name Name Shrotcut key&lt;br /&gt; 1  Comment Ctrl + T&lt;br /&gt; 2  Uncomment Ctrl + E&lt;br /&gt; 3  Increase Indent Ctrl + D&lt;br /&gt; 4  Decrease Indent Ctrl + L&lt;br /&gt; 5  Record Mode F2&lt;br /&gt; 6  Toggle Break Point F9&lt;br /&gt; 7  Break in Function Ctrl + B&lt;br /&gt; 8  Add Watch Ctrl + W&lt;br /&gt; 9 GUI Check Point For Single Property Alt_r + F12&lt;br /&gt; 10  Object Property Ctrl_r + F12&lt;br /&gt; 11  Multiple Objects F12&lt;br /&gt; 12 Bitmap Check Point For Object / Window Ctrl + F12&lt;br /&gt; 13  For Screen area Alt_L + F12&lt;br /&gt; 14 Database Check Point Default Check Ctrl_r + F9&lt;br /&gt; 15  Custom Check Alt_r  +F9&lt;br /&gt; 16  Runtime record check Alt_r + F10&lt;br /&gt; 17 Synchronization Point Object / Window Property Ctrl_r + F10&lt;br /&gt; 18  Object / Window Bitmap Ctrl_r + F11&lt;br /&gt; 19  Screen area bitmap Alt_L + F11&lt;br /&gt; 20  Run from top Ctrl + F5&lt;br /&gt; 21  Run from arrow Ctrl + F7&lt;br /&gt; 22  Step F6&lt;br /&gt; 23  Step Into Ctrl + F8&lt;br /&gt; 24  Step to cursor Ctrl + F9&lt;br /&gt; 25  Stop Ctrl + F3&lt;br /&gt; 26 Get text Object / Window F11&lt;br /&gt; 27  Screen area Alt_r + F11&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-1583739482971025474?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/XcAyFGEPjruhMqIg7p4jwGm6gxQ/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/XcAyFGEPjruhMqIg7p4jwGm6gxQ/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/XcAyFGEPjruhMqIg7p4jwGm6gxQ/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/XcAyFGEPjruhMqIg7p4jwGm6gxQ/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/bGBFMhVSB4c" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/1583739482971025474/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=1583739482971025474" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1583739482971025474?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1583739482971025474?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/bGBFMhVSB4c/rational-robot-sortcut-keys.html" title="Rational Robot sortcut keys" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/07/rational-robot-sortcut-keys.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkEEQ3k8cCp7ImA9WB5XFE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-5186151835538307275</id><published>2007-07-14T03:22:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-07-14T03:23:22.778-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-07-14T03:23:22.778-07:00</app:edited><title>Loadrunner Short cut keys</title><content type="html">LoadRunner Shortcut Keys   &lt;br /&gt; Module Function Name Function Shortcut Key&lt;br /&gt; VUGen Edit Find Next F3&lt;br /&gt;   Replace Ctrl + H&lt;br /&gt;   Goto Step in Execution Log Ctrl + E&lt;br /&gt;   Show Function Syntax Ctrl + Shift + Space&lt;br /&gt;   Complete Word Ctrl + Space&lt;br /&gt;  Insert New Step Alt + Insert&lt;br /&gt;   Start Transaction Ctrl + T&lt;br /&gt;   End Transaction Ctrl + D&lt;br /&gt;   Toggle Break point F9&lt;br /&gt;  Vuser Start Recording Ctrl + R&lt;br /&gt;   Stop Ctrl + F5&lt;br /&gt;   Compile Shift + F5&lt;br /&gt;   Run F5&lt;br /&gt;   Run Step by Step F10&lt;br /&gt;   Parameter List Ctrl + L&lt;br /&gt;   Runtime Setting F4&lt;br /&gt;  Tools EBCDIC Transaction F7&lt;br /&gt;   Recording option Ctrl + F7&lt;br /&gt;  Window Next Page F6&lt;br /&gt;   Previous Page Shift + F6&lt;br /&gt; Controller  Start F5&lt;br /&gt; Analysis Filter Set Global Filter Ctrl + B&lt;br /&gt;   Add Graph Ctrl + A&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;    Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-5186151835538307275?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tMfaePRv-ogmX2yQ3xPRyLt4acU/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tMfaePRv-ogmX2yQ3xPRyLt4acU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tMfaePRv-ogmX2yQ3xPRyLt4acU/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/tMfaePRv-ogmX2yQ3xPRyLt4acU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/M_9RkROMKDw" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/5186151835538307275/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=5186151835538307275" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/5186151835538307275?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/5186151835538307275?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/M_9RkROMKDw/loadrunner-short-cut-keys.html" title="Loadrunner Short cut keys" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/07/loadrunner-short-cut-keys.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkMAQX46fCp7ImA9WB5XFE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-2818249502450288250</id><published>2007-07-14T03:19:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-07-14T03:20:40.014-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-07-14T03:20:40.014-07:00</app:edited><title>Sil Test Shortcut Keys</title><content type="html">SilkTest Shortcut Keys   &lt;br /&gt; S.No Fucntion Name Name Shortcut Key&lt;br /&gt; 1  Find Error F4&lt;br /&gt;  Outline Move Left Alt + Left&lt;br /&gt;   Move Right Alt + Right&lt;br /&gt;   Transpose Up Alt + Up&lt;br /&gt;   Transpose Down Alt + Down&lt;br /&gt;   Expand Ctrl + '+'&lt;br /&gt;   Collapse Ctrl + '-'&lt;br /&gt;  Run Compile Alt + F9&lt;br /&gt;   Run F9&lt;br /&gt;   Debug Ctrl + F9&lt;br /&gt;    Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-2818249502450288250?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/swAVnCdAxw1PbaB6n7oyEf5YgLs/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/swAVnCdAxw1PbaB6n7oyEf5YgLs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/swAVnCdAxw1PbaB6n7oyEf5YgLs/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/swAVnCdAxw1PbaB6n7oyEf5YgLs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/ZzftVxwKeho" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/2818249502450288250/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=2818249502450288250" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/2818249502450288250?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/2818249502450288250?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/ZzftVxwKeho/sil-test-shortcut-keys.html" title="Sil Test Shortcut Keys" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/07/sil-test-shortcut-keys.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkYCQn04cSp7ImA9WB5XFE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-3697335723038870350</id><published>2007-07-14T03:14:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-07-14T03:16:03.339-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-07-14T03:16:03.339-07:00</app:edited><title>Winrunner Shortcut keys</title><content type="html">WinRunner Shortcut Keys   &lt;br /&gt; S.No Function Name Name Shrotcut key&lt;br /&gt; 1  Comment Ctrl + T&lt;br /&gt; 2  Uncomment Ctrl + E&lt;br /&gt; 3  Increase Indent Ctrl + D&lt;br /&gt; 4  Decrease Indent Ctrl + L&lt;br /&gt; 5  Record Mode F2&lt;br /&gt; 6  Toggle Break Point F9&lt;br /&gt; 7  Break in Function Ctrl + B&lt;br /&gt; 8  Add Watch Ctrl + W&lt;br /&gt; 9 GUI Check Point For Single Property Alt_r + F12&lt;br /&gt; 10  Object Property Ctrl_r + F12&lt;br /&gt; 11  Multiple Objects F12&lt;br /&gt; 12 Bitmap Check Point For Object / Window Ctrl + F12&lt;br /&gt; 13  For Screen area Alt_L + F12&lt;br /&gt; 14 Database Check Point Default Check Ctrl_r + F9&lt;br /&gt; 15  Custom Check Alt_r  +F9&lt;br /&gt; 16  Runtime record check Alt_r + F10&lt;br /&gt; 17 Synchronization Point Object / Window Property Ctrl_r + F10&lt;br /&gt; 18  Object / Window Bitmap Ctrl_r + F11&lt;br /&gt; 19  Screen area bitmap Alt_L + F11&lt;br /&gt; 20  Run from top Ctrl + F5&lt;br /&gt; 21  Run from arrow Ctrl + F7&lt;br /&gt; 22  Step F6&lt;br /&gt; 23  Step Into Ctrl + F8&lt;br /&gt; 24  Step to cursor Ctrl + F9&lt;br /&gt; 25  Stop Ctrl + F3&lt;br /&gt; 26 Get text Object / Window F11&lt;br /&gt; 27  Screen area Alt_r + F11&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-3697335723038870350?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/sT4MyMvzcdmDsfriEdWIjNToZnw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/sT4MyMvzcdmDsfriEdWIjNToZnw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/sT4MyMvzcdmDsfriEdWIjNToZnw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/sT4MyMvzcdmDsfriEdWIjNToZnw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/CTvP_74WdT8" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/3697335723038870350/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=3697335723038870350" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3697335723038870350?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3697335723038870350?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/CTvP_74WdT8/winrunner-shortcut-keys.html" title="Winrunner Shortcut keys" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/07/winrunner-shortcut-keys.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUANSHY_fyp7ImA9WB5XFE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-702923424949391691</id><published>2007-07-14T03:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-07-14T03:09:59.847-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-07-14T03:09:59.847-07:00</app:edited><title>QTP FAQ's</title><content type="html">What is QTP ?&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest is a graphical interface record-playback automation tool. It is able to work with any web, java or windows client application. Quick Test enables you to test standard web objects and ActiveX controls. In addition to these environments, QuickTest Professional also enables you to test Java applets and applications and multimedia objects on Applications as well as standard Windows applications, Visual Basic 6 applications and .NET framework applications…&lt;br /&gt;QTP is Mercury Interactive Functional Testing Tool. QTP stands for Quality Test Professional.&lt;br /&gt;Mercury QuickTest Professional: provides the industry’s best solution for functional test and regression test automation - addressing every major software application and environment. This next-generation automated testing solution deploys the concept of Keyword-driven testing to radically simplify test creation and maintenance. Unique to QuickTest Professional’s Keyword-driven approach, test automation experts have full access to the underlying test and object properties, via an integrated scripting and debugging environment that is round-trip synchronized with the Keyword View. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional enables you to test standard Windows applications, Web objects, ActiveX controls, and Visual Basic applications. You can also acquire additional QuickTest add-ins for a number of special environments (such as Java, Oracle, SAP Solutions, .NET Windows and Web Forms, Siebel, PeopleSoft, Web services, and terminal emulator applications). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What’s the basic concept of QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QTP is based on two concept-&lt;br /&gt;* Recording&lt;br /&gt;* Playback&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Which scripting language used by QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QTP using VB scripting. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How many types of recording facility are available in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QTP provides three types of recording methods-&lt;br /&gt;* Context Recording (Normal)&lt;br /&gt;* Analog Recording&lt;br /&gt;* Low Level Recording &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How many types of Parameters are available in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QTP provides three types of Parameter-&lt;br /&gt;* Method Argument&lt;br /&gt;* Data Driven&lt;br /&gt;* Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What’s the QTP testing process?&lt;br /&gt;QTP testing process consist of seven steps-&lt;br /&gt;* Preparing to recoding&lt;br /&gt;* Recording&lt;br /&gt;* Enhancing your script&lt;br /&gt;* Debugging&lt;br /&gt;* Run&lt;br /&gt;* Analyze&lt;br /&gt;* Report Defects (more…) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Start recording using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;Choose Test &gt; Record or click the Record button.&lt;br /&gt;When the Record and Run Settings dialog box opens to do this;&lt;br /&gt;1. In the Web tab, select Open the following browser when a record or run session begins.&lt;br /&gt;2. In the Windows Applications tab, confirm that Record and run on these applications (opened on session start) is selected, and that there are no applications listed. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to insert a check point to a image to check enable property in QTP? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Answer1:&lt;br /&gt;AS you are saying that the all images are as push button than you can check the property enabled or disabled. If you are not able to find that property than go to object repository for that objecct and click on add remove to add the available properties to that object. Let me know if that works. And if you take it as image than you need to check visible or invisible property tht also might help you are there are no enable or disable properties for the image object. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Answer2:&lt;br /&gt;The Image Checkpoint does not have any property to verify the enable/disable property.&lt;br /&gt;One thing you need to check is:&lt;br /&gt;* Find out form the Developer if he is showing different images for activating/deactiving i.e greyed out image. That is the only way a developer can show deactivate/activate if he is using an “image”. Else he might be using a button having a headsup with an image.&lt;br /&gt;* If it is a button used to display with the headsup as an image you woudl need to use the object Properties as a checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;How to Save your test using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;Select File &gt; Save or click the Save button. The Save dialog box opens to the Tests folder.&lt;br /&gt;Create a folder which you want to save to, select it, and click Open.&lt;br /&gt;Type your test name in the File name field.&lt;br /&gt;Confirm that Save Active Screen files is selected.&lt;br /&gt;Click Save. Your test name is displayed in the title bar of the main QuickTest window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Run a Test using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;1 Start QuickTest and open your test.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If QuickTest is not already open, choose Start &gt; Programs &gt; QuickTest Professional &gt; QuickTest Professional.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;. If the Welcome window opens, click Open Existing.&lt;br /&gt;. If QuickTest opens without displaying the Welcome window, choose File &gt; Open or click the Open button.&lt;br /&gt;In the Open Test dialog box, locate and select your test, then click Open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 Confirm that all images are saved to the test results.&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest allows you to determine when to save images to the test results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choose Tools &gt; Options and select the Run tab. In the Save step screen capture to test results option, select Always.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click OK to close the Options dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3 Start running your test.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Run or choose Test &gt; Run. The Run dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;Select New run results folder. Accept the default results folder name.&lt;br /&gt;Click OK to close the Run dialog box. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to open a new test using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;1. If QuickTest is not currently open, choose Start &gt; Programs &gt; QuickTest Professional &gt; QuickTest Professional. If the Welcome window opens, click Blank Test. Otherwise, choose File &gt; New, or click the New button. A blank test opens. 2. . If QuickTest is already open, check which add-ins are loaded by selecting Help &gt; About QuickTest Professional. If the Web Add-in is not loaded, you must exit and restart QuickTest. When the Add-in Manager opens, select the Web Add-in, and clear all other add-ins. Choose File &gt; New, or click the New button. A blank test opens. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to do Laod testing for web based Application?&lt;br /&gt;1. Recording a scenerio in QTP of my web based application.&lt;br /&gt;2. Make 100 copies of that scenerio and run the test (scenerio run for 100 times)&lt;br /&gt;3. In that case, do the load of application on server.&lt;br /&gt;4. The basic logic of running the copy 100 times is to create same scenerio as if 100 users were working. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the extension of script and object repository files?&lt;br /&gt;Object Repository : .tsr , Script : .mts, Excel : Default.xls &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to supress warnings from the “Test results page”?&lt;br /&gt;From the Test results Viewer “Tools &gt; Filters &gt; Warnings”…must be “Unchecked”. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When we try to use test run option “Run from Step”, the browser is not launching automatically why?&lt;br /&gt;This is default behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;What’s Checkpoints for QTP?&lt;br /&gt;A checkpoint verifies that expected information is displayed in your application while the test is running. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional offers the following types of checkpoints:&lt;br /&gt;Checkpoint Type Description Example of Use&lt;br /&gt;Standard Checkpoint Checks values of an object’s properties. Check that a radio button is selected.&lt;br /&gt;Image Checkpoint Checks the property values of an image. Check that the image source file is correct.&lt;br /&gt;Table Checkpoint Checks information in a table. Check that the value in a table cell is correct.&lt;br /&gt;Page Checkpoint Checks the characteristics of a Web page. Check how long a Web page takes to load or if a Web page contains broken links.&lt;br /&gt;Text / Text Area Checkpoint Checks that a text string is displayed in the appropriate place in a Web page or application window. Check whether the expected text string is displayed in the expected locatio&lt;br /&gt;Bitmap Checkpoint Checks an area of a Web page or application after capturing it as a bitmap Check that a Web page (or any portion of it) is displayed as expected.&lt;br /&gt;Database Checkpoint Checks the contents of databases accessed by an application or Web site Check that the value in a database query is correct.&lt;br /&gt;Accessibility Checkpoint Identifies areas of a Web site to check for Section 508 compliancy. Check if the images on a Web page include ALT properties, required by the W3C Web Content Accessibility Guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;XML Checkpoint Checks the data content of XML documents. Note: XML file checkpoints are used to check a specified XML file; XML application checkpoints are used to check an XML document within a Web page. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to add a standard checkpoint in your test ?&lt;br /&gt;1. Start QuickTest and open your test.&lt;br /&gt;In the Open Test dialog box, locate and select your test, then click Open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Save the test as Checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;Select File &gt; Save As. Save the test as Checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Confirm that the Active Screen option is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;If you do not see the Active Screen at the bottom of the QuickTest window, click the Active Screen button, or choose View &gt; Active Screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Locate the page where you want to add a standard checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5 Create a standard checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Active Screen, right-click element in your application and choose Insert Standard Checkpoint. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6 Save the test. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to add a page checkpoint to your test?&lt;br /&gt;The page checkpoint checks that the number of links and images in the page when you run your test is the same as when you recorded your test.&lt;br /&gt;1 Locate the page where you want to add a page checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;2 Create a page checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;Right-click anywhere in the Active Screen, and choose Insert Standard Checkpoint. The Object Selection - Checkpoint Properties dialog box opens. Note that this dialog box may include different elements, depending on where you click in the Active Screen.&lt;br /&gt;3 Save the test.&lt;br /&gt;How Does Run time data (Parameterization) is handled in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;You can then enter test data into the Data Table, an integrated spreadsheet with the full functionality of Excel, to manipulate data sets and create multiple test iterations, without programming, to expand test case coverage. Data can be typed in or imported from databases, spreadsheets, or text files. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is keyword view and Expert view in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest’s Keyword Driven approach, test automation experts have full access to the underlying test and object properties, via an integrated scripting and debugging environment that is round-trip synchronized with the Keyword View. Advanced testers can view and edit their tests in the Expert View, which reveals the underlying industry-standard VBScript that QuickTest Professional automatically generates. Any changes made in the Expert View are automatically synchronized with the Keyword View. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How QTP recognizes Objects in AUT?&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest stores the definitions for application objects in a file called the Object Repository. As you record your test, QuickTest will add an entry for each item you interact with. Each Object Repository entry will be identified by a logical name (determined automatically by QuickTest), and will contain a set of properties (type, name, etc) that uniquely identify each object. Each line in the QuickTest script will contain a reference to the object that you interacted with, a call to the appropriate method (set, click, check) and any parameters for that method (such as the value for a call to the set method). The references to objects in the script will all be identified by the logical name, rather than any physical, descriptive properties. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What are the types of Object Repositorys in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest has two types of object repositories for storing object information: shared object repositories and action object repositories. You can choose which type of object repository you want to use as the default type for new tests, and you can change the default as necessary for each new test. The object repository per-action mode is the default setting. In this mode, QuickTest automatically creates an object repository file for each action in your test so that you can create and run tests without creating, choosing, or modifying object repository files. However, if you do modify values in an action object repository, your changes do not have any effect on other actions. Therefore, if the same test object exists in more than one action and you modify an object’s property values in one action, you may need to make the same change in every action (and any test) containing the object. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If I give some thousand tests to execute in 2 days what do u do?&lt;br /&gt;Adhoc testing is done. It Covers the least basic functionalities to verify that the system is working fine.&lt;br /&gt;Does QTP is “Unicode” compatible?&lt;br /&gt;QTP 6.5 is not but QTP 8.0 is expected to be Unicode compatabile by end of December 2004. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to “Turn Off” QTP results after running a Script?&lt;br /&gt;Goto “Tools &gt; Options &gt; Run Tab” and Deselect “View results when run session ends”. But this supresses only the result window, but a og will be created and can viewed manulaly which cannot be restricted from getting created. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain about the Test Fusion Report of QTP ?&lt;br /&gt;Once a tester has run a test, a TestFusion report displays all aspects of the test run: a high-level results overview, an expandable Tree View of the test specifying exactly where application failures occurred, the test data used, application screen shots for every step that highlight any discrepancies, and detailed explanations of each checkpoint pass and failure. By combining TestFusion reports with QuickTest Professional, you can share reports across an entire QA and development team. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To which environments does QTP supports ?&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional supports functional testing of all enterprise environments, including Windows, Web, ..NET, Java/J2EE, SAP, Siebel, Oracle, PeopleSoft, Visual Basic, ActiveX, mainframe terminal emulators, and Web services. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What’s QuickTest Window?&lt;br /&gt;Before you begin creating tests, you should familiarize yourself with the main QuickTest window.&lt;br /&gt;The QuickTest window contains the following key elements:&lt;br /&gt;. Title bar—Displays the name of the currently open test.&lt;br /&gt;. Menu bar—Displays menus of QuickTest commands.&lt;br /&gt;. File toolbar—Contains buttons to assist you in managing your test.&lt;br /&gt;. Testing toolbar—Contains buttons to assist you in the testing process.&lt;br /&gt;. Debug toolbar—Contains buttons to assist you in debugging tests.&lt;br /&gt;. Test pane—Contains the Keyword View and Expert View tabs.&lt;br /&gt;. Active Screen—Provides a snapshot of your application as it appeared when you performed a certain step during the recording session.&lt;br /&gt;. Data Table—Assists you in parameterizing your test.&lt;br /&gt;. Debug Viewer pane—Assists you in debugging your test. The Debug Viewer pane contains the Watch Expressions, Variables, and Command tabs. (The Debug Viewer pane is not displayed when you open QuickTest for the first time. You can display the Debug Viewer by choosing View &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest identifies the object that you clicked as a WebButton test object. It creates a WebButton object with the name Find, and records the following properties and values for the Find WebButton:&lt;br /&gt;It also records that you performed a Click method on the WebButton.&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest displays your step in the Keyword View like this:&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest displays your step in the Expert View like this:&lt;br /&gt;Browser(”Mercury Interactive”).Page(”Mercury Interactive”).&lt;br /&gt;WebButton(”Find”).&lt;br /&gt;How to analyzing Test Results using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;When QuickTest finishes running the test, the Test Results window opens.&lt;br /&gt;Initially, the Test Results window contains two panes for displaying the key elements of your test run.&lt;br /&gt;. The left pane displays the results tree, an icon-based view of the steps that were performed while the test was running. The results tree is organized according to the Web pages visited during the test run and can be expanded (+) to view each step. The steps performed during the test run are represented by icons in the tree. You can instruct QuickTest to run a test or action more than once using different sets of data in each run. Each test run is called an iteration, and each iteration is numbered. (The test you ran had only one iteration.)&lt;br /&gt;. The right pane displays the test results details. The iteration summary table indicates which iterations passed and which failed. The status summary table indicates the number of checkpoints or reports that passed, failed, and raised warnings during the test.&lt;br /&gt;1 View the test results for a specific step.&lt;br /&gt;In the results tree, expand (+) Test Recording Summary &gt; Recording Iteration 1 (Row 1) &gt; Action1 Summary &gt; your application &gt; your test name .&lt;br /&gt;The Test Results window now contains three panes, displaying:&lt;br /&gt;. the results tree, with one step highlighted&lt;br /&gt;. the test results details of the highlighted step&lt;br /&gt;. the Active Screen, showing a screen capture of the Web page on which the step was performed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you click a page in the results tree, QuickTest displays the corresponding page in the application view. When you click a step (an operation performed on an object) in the results tree, the corresponding object is highlighted in the application view. In this case, the Departing From text box is highlighted. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain the check points in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;A checkpoint verifies that expected information is displayed in a Application while the test is running. You can add eight types of checkpoints to your test for standard web objects using QTP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A page checkpoint checks the characteristics of a Application&lt;br /&gt;• A text checkpoint checks that a text string is displayed in the appropriate place on a Application.&lt;br /&gt;• An object checkpoint (Standard) checks the values of an object on a Application.&lt;br /&gt;• An image checkpoint checks the values of an image on a Application.&lt;br /&gt;• A table checkpoint checks information within a table on a Application&lt;br /&gt;• An Accessiblity checkpoint checks the web page for Section 508 compliance.&lt;br /&gt;• An XML checkpoint checks the contents of individual XML data files or XML documents that are part of your Web application.&lt;br /&gt;• A database checkpoint checks the contents of databases accessed by your web site &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In how many ways we can add check points to an application using QTP.&lt;br /&gt;We can add checkpoints while recording the application or we can add after recording is completed using Active screen (Note : To perform the second one The Active screen must be enabled while recording).&lt;br /&gt;Explain in brief about the QTP Automation Object Model.&lt;br /&gt;Essentially all configuration and run functionality provided via the QuickTest interface is in some way represented in the QuickTest automation object model via objects, methods, and properties. Although a one-on-one comparison cannot always be made, most dialog boxes in QuickTest have a corresponding automation object, most options in dialog boxes can be set and/or retrieved using the corresponding object property, and most menu commands and other operations have corresponding automation methods. You can use the objects, methods, and properties exposed by the QuickTest automation object model, along with standard programming elements such as loops and conditional statements to design your program. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Discuss QTP Environment.&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Pro environment using the graphical interface and ActiveScreen technologies - A testing process for creating test scripts, relating manual test requirements to automated verification features - Data driving to use several sets of data using one test script. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain the concept of how QTP identifies object.&lt;br /&gt;During recording qtp looks at the object and stores it as test object.For each test object QT learns a set of default properties called mandatory properties,and look at the rest of the objects to check whether this properties are enough to uniquely identify the object. During test run,QT searches for the run time obkects that matches with the test object it learned while recording.&lt;br /&gt;Object Repositories types, Which &amp; when to use?&lt;br /&gt;Deciding Which Object Repository Mode to Choose&lt;br /&gt;To choose the default object repository mode and the appropriate object repository mode for each test, you need to understand the differences between the two modes.&lt;br /&gt;In general, the object repository per-action mode is easiest to use when you are creating simple record and run tests, especially under the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have only one, or very few, tests that correspond to a given application, interface, or set of objects.&lt;br /&gt;You do not expect to frequently modify test object properties.&lt;br /&gt;You generally create single-action tests.&lt;br /&gt;Conversely, the shared object repository mode is generally the preferred mode when:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have several tests that test elements of the same application, interface, or set of objects.&lt;br /&gt;You expect the object properties in your application to change from time to time and/or you regularly need to update or modify test object properties.&lt;br /&gt;You often work with multi-action tests and regularly use the Insert Copy of Action and Insert Call to Action options. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Can we Script any test case with out having Object repository? or Using Object Repository is a must?&lt;br /&gt;No. U can script with out Object repository by knowing the Window Handlers, spying and recognizing the objects logical names and properties available. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to execute a WinRunner Script in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;(a) TSLTest.RunTest TestPath, TestSet [, Parameters ] –&gt; Used in QTP 6.0 used for backward compatibility Parameters : The test set within Quality Center, in which test runs are stored. Note that this argument is relevant only when working with a test in a Quality Center project. When the test is not saved in Quality Center, this parameter is ignored.&lt;br /&gt;e.g : TSLTest.RunTest “D:\test1?, “”&lt;br /&gt;(b)TSLTest.RunTestEx TestPath, RunMinimized, CloseApp [, Parameters ] TSLTest.RunTestEx “C:\WinRunner\Tests\basic_flight”, TRUE, FALSE, “MyValue” CloseApp : Indicates whether to close the WinRunner application when the WinRunner test run ends. Parameters : Up to 15 WinRunner function argument&lt;br /&gt;Why divide a test into three action calls?&lt;br /&gt;When you create a new test, it contains a call to one action. By dividing your tests into calls to multiple actions, you can design more modular and efficient tests. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How To clear the AutoComplete?&lt;br /&gt;1 In your Internet Explorer’s menu bar, choose Tools &gt; Internet Options &gt; Content tab.&lt;br /&gt;2 Click AutoComplete in the Personal information area. The AutoComplete Settings dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;3 In the Use AutoComplete for area, clear the User names and passwords on forms option.&lt;br /&gt;4 Click OK to save your changes and close the AutoComplete Settings dialog box, then click OK again to close the Internet Options dialog box. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is Object Spy in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;Using the Object Spy, you can view the properties of any object in an open application. You use the Object Spy pointer to point to an object. The Object Spy displays the selected object’s hierarchy tree and its properties and values in the Properties tab of the Object Spy dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;What is the Diff between Image check-point and Bit map Check point?&lt;br /&gt;Image checkpoints enable you to check the properties of a Web image. You can check an area of a Web page or application as a bitmap. While creating a test or component, you specify the area you want to check by selecting an object. You can check an entire object or any area within an object. QuickTest captures the specified object as a bitmap, and inserts a checkpoint in the test or component. You can also choose to save only the selected area of the object with your test or component in order to save disk Space For example, suppose you have a Web site that can display a map of a city the user specifies. The map has control keys for zooming. You can record the new map that is displayed after one click on the control key that zooms in the map. Using the bitmap checkpoint, you can check that the map zooms in correctly.&lt;br /&gt;You can create bitmap checkpoints for all supported testing environments (as long as the appropriate add-ins are loaded).&lt;br /&gt;Note: The results of bitmap checkpoints may be affected by factors such as operating system, screen resolution, and color settings. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How many ways we can parameterize data in QTP ?&lt;br /&gt;There are four types of parameters:&lt;br /&gt;Test, action or component parameters enable you to use values passed from your test or component, or values from other actions in your test.&lt;br /&gt;Data Table parameters enable you to create a data-driven test (or action) that runs several times using the data you supply. In each repetition, or iteration, QuickTest uses a different value from the Data Table.&lt;br /&gt;Environment variable parameters enable you to use variable values from other sources during the run session. These may be values you supply, or values that QuickTest generates for you based on conditions and options you choose.&lt;br /&gt;Random number parameters enable you to insert random numbers as values in your test or component. For example, to check how your application handles small and large ticket orders, you can have QuickTest generate a random number and insert it in a number of tickets edit field. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do u do batch testing in WR &amp; is it possible to do in QTP, if so explain?&lt;br /&gt;Batch Testing in WR is nothing but running the whole test set by selecting “Run Testset” from the “Execution Grid”.The same is possible with QTP also. If our test cases are automated then by selecting “Run Testset” all the test scripts can be executed. In this process the Scripts get executed one by one by keeping all the remaining scripts in “Waiting” mode. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to use the Object spy in QTP 8.0 version?&lt;br /&gt;There are two ways to Spy the objects in QTP&lt;br /&gt;1) Thru file toolbar&lt;br /&gt;—In the File ToolBar click on the last toolbar button (an icon showing a person with hat). 2) Tru Object repository Dialog&lt;br /&gt;—In Objectrepository dialog click on the button”object spy…”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Object spy Dialog click on the button showing hand symbol. the pointer now changes in to a hand symbol and we have to point out the object to spy the state of the object if at all the object is not visible..or window is minimised then Hold the Ctrl button and activate the required window to and release the Ctrl button. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the file extension of the code file &amp; object repository file in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;File extension of&lt;br /&gt;– Per test object rep :- filename.mtr&lt;br /&gt;– Shared Oject rep :- filename.tsr&lt;br /&gt;Code file extension id script.mts &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Creating an Output Value using QTP?&lt;br /&gt;1 Start QuickTest and open the Parameter test.&lt;br /&gt;2 Save the test as Output.&lt;br /&gt;3 Confirm that the Active Screen option is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;4 Select the text you want to use as an output value.&lt;br /&gt;5 Set the output value settings.&lt;br /&gt;6 Modify the table checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;7 Save the test.&lt;br /&gt;What does it mean when a check point is in red color? what do u do?&lt;br /&gt;A red color indicates failure. Here we analyze the the cause for failure whether it is a Script Issue or Envronment Issue or a Application issue. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you call the window testdirector-testlab?&lt;br /&gt;“Execution Grid”. It is place from where we Run all Manual / Automated Scripts &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do u create new test sets in TD&lt;br /&gt;Login to TD.&lt;br /&gt;Click on “Test Lab” tab.&lt;br /&gt;Select the Desired folder under which we need to Create the Test Set. ( Test Sets can be grouped as per module.) Click on “New Test Set or Ctrl+N” Icon to create a Test Set. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain the concept of object repository &amp; how QTP recognises objects?&lt;br /&gt;Object Repository: displays a tree of all objects in the current component or in the current action or entire test( depending on the object repository mode you selected). we can view or modify the test object description of any test object in the repository or to add new objects to the repository. Quicktest learns the default property values and determines in which test object class it fits.If it is not enough it adds assistive properties, one by one to the description until it has compiled the unique description.If no assistive properties are available, then it adds a special Ordianl identifier such as objects location onthe page or in the source code. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What are the properties you would use for identifying a browser &amp; page when using descriptive programming ?&lt;br /&gt;“name” would be another property apart from “title” that we can use. OR We can also use the property “micClass”. ex: Browser(”micClass:=browser”).page(”micClass:=page”)…. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to open a Notepad window without recording a test and I do not want to use SystemUtil.Run command as well How do I do this?&lt;br /&gt;U can still make the notepad open without using the record or System utility script, just by mentioning the path of the notepad “( i.e., where the notepad.exe is stored in the system) in the “Windows Applications Tab” of the “Record and Run Settings window. Try it out. All the Best. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If an application name is changes frequently i.e while recording it has name, in this case how does QTP handles?&lt;br /&gt;If an application name is changes frequently i.e while recording it has name ?Window1? and then while running its ?Windows2? in this case how does QTP handles? QTP handles those situations using ?Regular Expressions?. … &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How does QTP identifies the object in the application?&lt;br /&gt;How does QTP identifies the object in the application? QTP identifies the object in the application by LogicalName and Class. For example: The Edit box is identified by Logical Name : PSOPTIONS_BSE_TIME20 Class: WebEdit … &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IF we use batch testing.the result shown for last action only.in that how can i get result for every action.&lt;br /&gt;You can click on the icon in the tree view to view the result of every action&lt;br /&gt;WinRunner Compared to QuickTest Pro &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Environment Coverage Comparison: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Common environments shared by both WinRunner and QuickTest Pro: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Web-Related Environments IE, Netscape, AOL&lt;br /&gt;JDK, Java Foundation Classes, AWT&lt;br /&gt;Symantec Visual Café&lt;br /&gt;ActiveX Controls&lt;br /&gt;ERP/CRM Oracle: Jinitiator, 11i, NCA&lt;br /&gt;Custom Client Server Windows&lt;br /&gt;C++/C&lt;br /&gt;Visual Basic&lt;br /&gt;Operating Systems Windows 98, 2000, NT, ME, XP&lt;br /&gt;Legacy 3270, 5250 Emulators&lt;br /&gt;VT100&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinRunner Only Environments:&lt;br /&gt;Custom Client/Server PowerBuilder&lt;br /&gt;Forte&lt;br /&gt;Delphi&lt;br /&gt;Centura&lt;br /&gt;Stingray&lt;br /&gt;SmallTalk&lt;br /&gt;ERP/CRM Baan&lt;br /&gt;PeopleSoft Windows&lt;br /&gt;Siebel 5, 6 GUI Clients&lt;br /&gt;Oracle GUI Forms&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Pro Only Environments:&lt;br /&gt;ERP/CRM SAP&lt;br /&gt;Siebel 7.x&lt;br /&gt;PeopleSoft 8.x&lt;br /&gt;.Net WinForms&lt;br /&gt;WebForms&lt;br /&gt;.Net controls&lt;br /&gt;Web Services XML, HTTP&lt;br /&gt;WSDL, SOAP&lt;br /&gt;J2EE, .Net&lt;br /&gt;Multimedia RealAudio/Video&lt;br /&gt;Flash&lt;br /&gt;Feature Comparison:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Common features found in both WinRunner and QuickTest Pro:&lt;br /&gt;Record/Replay ODBC &amp; Excel Connectivity&lt;br /&gt;Code Editor &amp; Debugger Recovery Manager&lt;br /&gt;Shared Object Repository Rapid Object Import&lt;br /&gt;Numerous Checkpoints Analog&lt;br /&gt;Script &amp; Function Libraries &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinRunner Only Environments:&lt;br /&gt;Function Generator Database Integration&lt;br /&gt;Run Wizard TSL&lt;br /&gt;MDI &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Pro Only Environments:&lt;br /&gt;ActiveScreen TestGuard&lt;br /&gt;Tree View ScriptFusion&lt;br /&gt;Data Table VBScript&lt;br /&gt;Function Generator*&lt;br /&gt;(coming in v7.0) Run Wizard*&lt;br /&gt;(coming in v7.0)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Import data from a “.xls” file to Data table during Runtime.&lt;br /&gt;Datatable.Import “…XLS file name…”&lt;br /&gt;DataTable.ImportSheet(FileName, SheetSource, SheetDest)&lt;br /&gt;DataTable.ImportSheet “C:\name.xls” ,1 ,”name” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to export data present in Datatable to an “.xls” file?&lt;br /&gt;DataTable.Export “….xls file name…” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Syntact for how to call one script from another? and Syntax to call one “Action” in another?&lt;br /&gt;RunAction ActionName, [IterationMode , IterationRange , Parameters]&lt;br /&gt;Here the actions becomes reusable on making this call to any Action.&lt;br /&gt;IterationRange String Not always required. Indicates the rows for which action iterations will be performed. Valid only when the IterationMode is rngIterations. Enter the row range (i.e. “1-7?), or enter rngAll to run iterations on all rows.&lt;br /&gt;If the action called by the RunAction statement includes an ExitAction statement, the RunAction statement can return the value of the ExitAction’s RetVal argument. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to export QTP results to an “.xls” file?&lt;br /&gt;By default it creates an “XML” file and displays the results &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How the exception handling can be done using QTP&lt;br /&gt;It can be done Using the Recovery Scenario Manager which provides a wizard that gudies you through the process of defining a recovery scenario. FYI.. The wizard could be accesed in QTP&gt; Tools-&gt; Recovery Scenario Manager ……. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How many types of Actions are there in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;There are three kinds of actions:&lt;br /&gt;non-reusable action—an action that can be called only in the test with which it is stored, and can be called only once. reusable action—an action that can be called multiple times by the test with which it is stored (the local test) as well as by other tests.&lt;br /&gt;external action—a reusable action stored with another test. External actions are read-only in the calling test, but you can choose to use a local, editable copy of the Data Table information for the external action. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Analyzing the Checpoint results&lt;br /&gt;Standard Checpoint :By adding standard checkpoints to your tests or components, you can compare the expected values of object properties to the object’s current values during a run session. If the results do not match, the checkpoint fails. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to handle Run-time errors?&lt;br /&gt;On Error Resume Next : causes execution to continue with the statement immediately following the statement that caused the run-time error, or with the statement immediately following the most recent call out of the procedure containing the On Error Resume Next statement. This allows execution to continue despite a run-time error. You can then build the error-handling routine inline within the procedure.&lt;br /&gt;Using “Err” object msgbox “Error no: ” &amp; ” ” &amp; Err.Number &amp; ” ” &amp; Err.description &amp; ” ” &amp; Err.Source &amp; Err.HelpContext &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What are the different scripting languages you could use when working with QTP ?&lt;br /&gt;Visual Basic (VB),XML,JavaScript,Java,HTML &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to handle dynamic objects in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;QTP has a unique feature called Smart Object Identification/recognition. QTP generally identifies an object by matching its test object and run time object properties. QTP may fail to recognise the dynamic objects whose properties change during run time. Hence it has an option of enabling Smart Identification, wherein it can identify the objects even if their properties changes during run time. Check this out-&lt;br /&gt;If QuickTest is unable to find any object that matches the recorded object description, or if it finds more than one object that fits the description, then QuickTest ignores the recorded description, and uses the Smart Identification mechanism to try to identify the object. While the Smart Identification mechanism is more complex, it is more flexible, and thus, if configured logically, a Smart Identification definition can probably help QuickTest identify an object, if it is present, even when the recorded description fails.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Smart Identification mechanism uses two types of properties:&lt;br /&gt;Base filter properties—The most fundamental properties of a particular test object class; those whose values cannot be changed without changing the essence of the original object. For example, if a Web link’s tag was changed from to any other value, you could no longer call it the same object. Optional filter properties—Other properties that can help identify objects of a particular class as they are unlikely to change on a regular basis, but which can be ignored if they are no longer applicable. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain the keyword createobject with an example.&lt;br /&gt;Creates and returns a reference to an Automation object&lt;br /&gt;syntax: CreateObject(servername.typename [, location])&lt;br /&gt;Arguments&lt;br /&gt;servername:Required. The name of the application providing the object.&lt;br /&gt;typename : Required. The type or class of the object to create.&lt;br /&gt;location : Optional. The name of the network server where the object is to be created. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is a Run-Time Data Table? Where can I find and view this table?&lt;br /&gt;-In QTP, there is data table used , which is used at runtime.&lt;br /&gt;-In QTP, select the option View-&gt;Data tabke.&lt;br /&gt;-This is basically an excel file, which is stored in the folder of the test created, its name is Default.xls by default. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to do the scripting. Is there any inbuilt functions in QTP as in QTP-S. Whatz the difference between them? how to handle script issues?&lt;br /&gt;Yes, there’s an in-built functionality called “Step Generator” in Insert-&gt;Step-&gt;Step Generator -F7, which will generate the scripts as u enter the appropriate steps. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the difference between check point and output value.&lt;br /&gt;An outPut value is a value captured during the test run and entered in the run-time but to a specified location. EX:-Location in Data Table[Global sheet / local sheet]&lt;br /&gt;Types of properties that Quick Test learns while recording?&lt;br /&gt;(a) Mandatory (b) Assistive . In addition to recording the mandatory and assistive properties specified in the Object Identification dialog box, QuickTest can also record a backup ordinal identifier for each test object. The ordinal identifier assigns the object a numerical value that indicates its order relative to other objects with an otherwise identical description (objects that have the same values for all properties specified in the mandatory and assistive property lists). This ordered value enables QuickTest to create a unique description when the mandatory and assistive properties are not sufficient to do so. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Differences between QTP &amp; Winrunner?&lt;br /&gt;(a) QTP is object bases Scripting ( VBS) where Winrunner is TSL (C based) Scripting.&lt;br /&gt;(b) QTP supports “.NET” application Automation not available in Winrunner&lt;br /&gt;(c) QTP has “Active Screen” support which captures the application, not available in WR.&lt;br /&gt;(d) QTP has “Data Table” to store script values , variables which WR does not have.&lt;br /&gt;(e) Using a “point and click” capability you can easily interface with objects, their definitions and create checkpoints after having recorded a script – without having to navigate back to that location in your application like you have to with WinRunner. This greatly speeds up script development. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Few basic questions on commonly used Excel VBA functions.&lt;br /&gt;common functions are:&lt;br /&gt;Coloring the cell&lt;br /&gt;Auto fit cell&lt;br /&gt;setting navigation from link in one cell to other saving &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How does Parameterization and Data-Driving relate to each other in QTP?&lt;br /&gt;To datadrive we have to parameterize.i.e. we have to make the constant value as parameter, so that in each iteraration(cycle) it takes a value that is supplied in run-time datatable. Through parameterization only we can drive a transaction(action) with different sets of data. You know running the script with the same set of data several times is not suggestable, &amp; it’s also of no use. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the difference between Call to Action and Copy Action.?&lt;br /&gt;Call to Action : The changes made in Call to Action , will be reflected in the orginal action( from where the script is called).But where as in Copy Action , the changes made in the script ,will not effect the original script(Action) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to verify the Cursor focus of a certain field?&lt;br /&gt;Use “focus” property of “GetRoProperty” method” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any limitation to XML Checkpoints?&lt;br /&gt;Mercury has determined that 1.4MB is the maximum size of a XML file that QTP 6.5 can handle &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to make arguments optional in a function?&lt;br /&gt;this is not possible as default VBS doesn’t support this. Instead you can pass a blank scring and have a default value if arguments r not required. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to add a text checkpoint to your test to check whether ‘welcome’ is displayed in your welcome page.&lt;br /&gt;1 Locate the page where you want to add a text checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 Create a text checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Active Screen, under your page highlight the text welcome. Right-click the highlighted text and choose Insert Text Checkpoint. The Text Checkpoint Properties dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;When Checked Text appears in the list box, the Constant field displays the text string you highlighted. This is the text QuickTest looks for when running the test.&lt;br /&gt;Click OK to accept the default settings in this dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest adds the text checkpoint to your test. It is displayed in the Keyword View as a checkpoint operation on your welcome page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3 Save the test. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Running and Analyzing a Test with Checkpoints?&lt;br /&gt;1 Expand the test and review your test.&lt;br /&gt;Choose View &gt; Expand All or use the * shortcut key on your number keypad. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 Start running your test.&lt;br /&gt;Click Run or choose Test &gt; Run. The Run dialog box opens. Ensure that New run results folder is selected. Accept the default results folder name. Click OK. When the test run is completed, the Test Results window opens. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3 View the test results.&lt;br /&gt;When QuickTest finishes running the test, the Test Results window opens. The test result should be Passed, indicating that all checkpoints passed. If one or more checkpoints had failed, the test result would be Failed. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4 View the results of the page checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Details pane, you can review the details of the page checkpoint, which lists the items checked. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5 View the results of the table checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Details pane, you can review the details of the table checkpoint. You can also review the values of the table cells (cell values that were checked are displayed in black; cell values that were not checked are displayed in gray). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6 View the results of the standard checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Details pane, you can review the details of the standard checkpoint, which lists the properties that were checked and their values. The checkpoint passed because the actual values of the checked properties match the expected values. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7 View the results of the text checkpoint.&lt;br /&gt;In the Details pane, you can review the details of the text checkpoint. The checkpoint passed because the actual text matches the expected text. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8 Close the Test Results window. Choose File &gt; Exit. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to Defining a Data Table Parameter for QTP?&lt;br /&gt;1 Start QuickTest and open the Checkpoint test.&lt;br /&gt;2 Save the test as Parameter.&lt;br /&gt;3 Confirm that the Active Screen option is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;4 Confirm that the Data Table option is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;5 Select the text to parameterize.&lt;br /&gt;6 Set the parameterization properties.&lt;br /&gt;How to add a runtime parameter to a datasheet?&lt;br /&gt;DataTable.LocalSheet&lt;br /&gt;The following example uses the LocalSheet property to return the local sheet of the run-time Data Table in order to add a parameter (column) to it.&lt;br /&gt;MyParam=DataTable.LocalSheet.AddParameter(”Time”, “5:45?)&lt;br /&gt;How to change the run-time value of a property for an object?&lt;br /&gt;SetTOProperty changes the property values used to identify an object during the test run. Only properties that are included in the test object description can be set &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to retrieve the property of an object?&lt;br /&gt;using “GetRoProperty”. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to open any application during Scripting?&lt;br /&gt;SystemUtil , object used to open and close applications and processes during a run session.&lt;br /&gt;(a) A SystemUtil.Run statement is automatically added to your test when you run an application from the Start menu or the Run dialog box while recording a test&lt;br /&gt;E.g : SystemUtil.Run “Notepad.exe” SystemUtil.CloseDescendentProcesses ( Closes all the processes opened by QTP ) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How to covert a String to an integer?&lt;br /&gt;CInt()—&gt; a conversion function available. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Inserting a Call to Action is not Importing all columns in Datatable of globalsheet. Why?&lt;br /&gt;Inserting a call to action will only Import the columns of the Action called &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Differentiate the two Object Repository Types of QTP.&lt;br /&gt;Object repository is used to store all the objects in the application being tested.2 types of oject repositoy per action and shared. In shared repository only one centralised repository for all the tests. where as in per action.for each test a separate per action repostory is created. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What the differences are and best practical application of each.&lt;br /&gt;Per Action: For Each Action, one Object Repository is created. Shared : One Object Repository is used by entire application &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain what the difference between Shared Repository and Per_Action Repository&lt;br /&gt;Shared Repository: Entire application uses one Object Repository , that similar to Global GUI Map file in WinRunner Per Action: For each Action ,one Object Repository is created, like GUI map file per test in WinRunner &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Have you ever written a compiled module? If yes tell me about some of the functions that you wrote.&lt;br /&gt;I Used the functions for Capturing the dynamic data during runtime. Function used for Capturing Desktop, browser and pages. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What projects have you used WinRunner on? Tell me about some of the challenges that arose and how you handled them.&lt;br /&gt;pbs :WR fails to identify the object in gui. If there is a non std window obk wr cannot recognize it ,we use GUI SPY for that to handle such situation.&lt;br /&gt;Can you do more than just capture and playback?&lt;br /&gt;I have done Dynamically capturing the objects during runtime in which no recording, no playback and no use of repository is done AT ALL.&lt;br /&gt;-It was done by the windows scripting using the DOM(Document Object Model) of the windows.&lt;br /&gt;Summary: QuickTest Pro&lt;br /&gt;Summary:&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional provides an interactive, visual environment for test development.&lt;br /&gt;Here is the description from the Mercury Interactive “How it Works” section of the QuickTest Pro web page:&lt;br /&gt;Mercury QuickTest Professional™ allows even novice testers to be productive in minutes. You can create a test script by simply pressing a Record button and using an application to perform a typical business process. Each step in the business process is automated documented with a plain-English sentence and screen shot. Users can easily modify, remove, or rearrange test steps in the Keyword View.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional can automatically introduce checkpoints to verify application properties and functionality, for example to validate output or check link validity. For each step in the Keyword View, there is an ActiveScreen showing exactly how the application under test looked at that step. You can also add several types of checkpoints for any object to verify that components behave as expected, simply by clicking on that object in the ActiveScreen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can then enter test data into the Data Table, an integrated spreadsheet with the full functionality of Excel, to manipulate data sets and create multiple test iterations, without programming, to expand test case coverage. Data can be typed in or imported from databases, spreadsheets, or text files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Advanced testers can view and edit their test scripts in the Expert View, which reveals the underlying industry-standard VBScript that QuickTest Professional automatically generates. Any changes made in the Expert View are automatically synchronized with the Keyword View.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once a tester has run a script, a TestFusion report displays all aspects of the test run: a high-level results overview, an expandable Tree View of the test script specifying exactly where application failures occurred, the test data used, application screen shots for every step that highlight any discrepancies, and detailed explanations of each checkpoint pass and failure. By combining TestFusion reports with Mercury Quality Management, you can share reports across an entire QA and development team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional also facilitates the update process. As an application under test changes, such as when a “Login” button is renamed “Sign In,” you can make one update to the Shared Object Repository, and the update will propagate to all scripts that reference this object. You can publish test scripts to Mercury Quality Management, enabling other QA team members to reuse your test scripts, eliminating duplicative work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QuickTest Professional supports functional testing of all popular environments, including Windows, Web, .Net, Visual Basic, ActiveX, Java, SAP, Siebel, Oracle, PeopleSoft, terminal emulators, and Web services.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- QuickTest Pro “How it Works” webpage from Mercury:&lt;br /&gt;http://www.mercury.com/us/products/quality-center/functional-testing/quicktest-professional/works.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We like QuickTest Pro and now prefer implementing it over WinRunner. When you get into advance testing scenarios, QuickTest Pro has more options and they are easier to implement compared to WinRunner in our opinion.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Do to the similarities in concept and features, an experienced WinRunner user can easily convert to QuickTest Pro and quickly become an efficient Test Automation Engineer!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We recommend that existing customers begin all new development with QuickTest Pro and use the built-in feature of calling WinRunner scripts from QuickTest Pro for all existing WinRunner scripts that they already have. As older scripts require updates and time permits, we recommend replacing them with QuickTest Pro scripts. Eventually you will be able to convert your test script library with all QuickTest Pro scripts.&lt;br /&gt;Pros:&lt;br /&gt;* Will be getting the initial focus on development of all new features and supported technologies.&lt;br /&gt;* Ease of use.&lt;br /&gt;* Simple interface.&lt;br /&gt;* Presents the test case as a business workflow to the tester (simpler to understand).&lt;br /&gt;* Numerous features.&lt;br /&gt;* Uses a real programming language (Microsoft’s VBScript) with numerous resources available.&lt;br /&gt;* QuickTest Pro is significantly easier for a non-technical person to adapt to and create working test cases, compared to WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;* Data table integration better and easier to use than WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;* Test Run Iterations/Data driving a test is easier and better implement with QuickTest.&lt;br /&gt;* Parameterization easier than WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;* Can enhance existing QuickTest scripts without the “Application Under Test” being available; by using the ActiveScreen.&lt;br /&gt;* Can create and implement the Microsoft Object Model (Outlook objects, ADO objects, FileSystem objects, supports DOM, WSH, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;* Better object identification mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;* Numerous existing functions available for implementation – both from within Quick Test Pro and VBScript.&lt;br /&gt;* QTP supports .NET development environment (currently WinRunner 7.5 does not).&lt;br /&gt;* XML support (currently WinRunner 7.5 does not).&lt;br /&gt;* The Test Report is more robust in QuickTest compared to WinRunner.&lt;br /&gt;* Integrates with TestDirector and WinRunner (can kick off WinRunner scripts from QuickTest).&lt;br /&gt;Cons:&lt;br /&gt;* Currently there are fewer resources (consultants and expertise) available due to QTP being a newer product on the market and because there is a greater Demand than Supply, thus fewer employee/consulting resources.&lt;br /&gt;* Must know VBScript in order to program at all.&lt;br /&gt;* Must be able to program in VBScript in order to implement the real advance testing tasks and to handle very dynamic situations.&lt;br /&gt;* Need training to implement properly.&lt;br /&gt;* The Object Repository (OR) and “testing environment” (paths, folders, function libraries, OR) can be difficult to understand and implement initially.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explain the terms “TEST” and “ Business Component”&lt;br /&gt;Test—A collection of steps organized into one or more actions, which are used to verify that your application performs as expected. By default each test begins with a single action. Business Component—A collection of steps representing a single task in your application. Business components (also known as components) are combined into specific scenarios to build business process tests in Mercury Quality Center with Business Process Testing. A component does not contain actions, you add steps directly to a componenet. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is check point?&lt;br /&gt;A checkpoint checks specific values or characteristics of a page, object, or text string and enables you to identify whether or not your Web site or application is functioning correctly. A checkpoint compares the value of an element captured in your test when you recorded your test, with the value of the same element captured during the test run. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean by iteration ?&lt;br /&gt;Each run session that uses a different set of parameterized data is called an iteration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-702923424949391691?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/aCC0r4EpfdJJK21SFXzjAQIxcKc/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/aCC0r4EpfdJJK21SFXzjAQIxcKc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/aCC0r4EpfdJJK21SFXzjAQIxcKc/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/aCC0r4EpfdJJK21SFXzjAQIxcKc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/ETd4Q2SrUEg" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/702923424949391691/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=702923424949391691" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/702923424949391691?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/702923424949391691?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/ETd4Q2SrUEg/qtp-faqs.html" title="QTP FAQ's" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/07/qtp-faqs.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkMMR3o_fSp7ImA9WB5RFE8.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-7292528008183484706</id><published>2007-06-21T03:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-21T03:08:06.445-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-21T03:08:06.445-07:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="CSTE" /><title>CSTE 12th March Questions</title><content type="html">1.Developers are not in a situation to read/go through all the information attached with defects, how do u represent bugs in &lt;br /&gt;graphs so that developers can have a quick understanding of the bugs.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.after testing u have founnd 7 significant and 123 minor bugs in your project. There is one project leader, one assistant &lt;br /&gt;project leader and seven developers. After tracking causes for bugs it was observed that all the developers were responsible &lt;br /&gt;the bugs, how will you assign these bugs to development team? justify your approach?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;3.your team has performed enough functional testing on a project now management wants to do structural testing? suggest your &lt;br /&gt;views, advantages,disadvantages of structural testing.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;4. your team needs to perform inspection for the requirements of a project, provide approaches/guidlines/checklist for your &lt;br /&gt;team.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;5.Your organisation is about to purchase a COtS (commercial off the shelf software) and it happened the team which u r &lt;br /&gt;heading is responisble for validate that CTOS, what approaches/types of testing will u use in this context?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;6.Explain Boundary value analysis with example,advantages,disadvantages..&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;7.If u have to suggest 3 domains out of CBOK's 12 domains to a new Test Engineer who is about to learn testing. which 3 &lt;br /&gt;domains u suggest and justify u r answer with u r views.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;8.Till now u are working on a legacy systems in which u were following "Waterfall Model" now u r about to do &lt;br /&gt;testing for a web based system, how testing should go on in this situation? write u r openions,views,approaches and justify them.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;9.state and describe Four attributes of use cases.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;10.Explain how Code inspections would be done and explain the advantages of carrying out Code inspections before unit testing?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;11.There are many code coverage techniques. Explain any two coverage methods with brief descirption and their usage in testing?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;12.For some particular project in an organization, testers have been asked to test for Reliability, Usability and&lt;br /&gt;Testability. Define and Explain why you would test for these factors?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;13.Explain any three suspension criteria you would suggest for terminating testing of a project and write u r &lt;br /&gt;views/approaches...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.The software is made keeping in view the  producer's quality perspective i.e. it should fulfill the requirements.The customer perspective is "fit for use".Would you suggest that the Customer's perspective should be taken care of. How will it benefit the software and organization a a whole?? State your views and justify it&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-7292528008183484706?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/f4mS4H7piKwzDxF7oADFmM3I1Hk/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/f4mS4H7piKwzDxF7oADFmM3I1Hk/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/f4mS4H7piKwzDxF7oADFmM3I1Hk/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/f4mS4H7piKwzDxF7oADFmM3I1Hk/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/dhFREp_aN-A" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/7292528008183484706/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=7292528008183484706" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/7292528008183484706?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/7292528008183484706?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/dhFREp_aN-A/cste-12th-march-questions.html" title="CSTE 12th March Questions" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/cste-12th-march-questions.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkQHQH0_eip7ImA9WB5RFE8.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-7080693604276108977</id><published>2007-06-21T02:57:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-21T03:05:31.342-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-21T03:05:31.342-07:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="CSTE" /><title>Details Regarding CSTE Exam</title><content type="html">Hi, &lt;br /&gt; CSTE  examinations consists of  4 parts, 2 subjective &amp; 2 objective. &lt;br /&gt;To get CSTE certifcation we  need to score 75% in each of 4 parts, otherwise we need &lt;br /&gt;to give all 4 parts again to get certified&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Objective papers will be  50 questions and need to complete in 45 minutes  Subjctive papers will contains 7-8 scenarios and 75 minutes time &lt;br /&gt;will be given to solve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-7080693604276108977?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DJmX3ZQsQPpQQfM3hATKfJ4xhrU/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DJmX3ZQsQPpQQfM3hATKfJ4xhrU/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DJmX3ZQsQPpQQfM3hATKfJ4xhrU/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/DJmX3ZQsQPpQQfM3hATKfJ4xhrU/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/XhRrWZh0EXc" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/7080693604276108977/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=7080693604276108977" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/7080693604276108977?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/7080693604276108977?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/XhRrWZh0EXc/details-regarding-cste-exam.html" title="Details Regarding CSTE Exam" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/details-regarding-cste-exam.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DEUHQXk_eSp7ImA9WB5SGUw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-3735947617668884794</id><published>2007-06-15T07:03:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T07:03:50.741-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T07:03:50.741-07:00</app:edited><title>SYNCOTA INTERVIEW QUESTIONS</title><content type="html">SYNCOTA INTERVIEW QUESTIONS &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.what is a test plan &lt;br /&gt;2.Actually when will be the testing people will be involved in the project &lt;br /&gt;3.Define low priority and high severity &lt;br /&gt;4.Whom do you report the Bugs &lt;br /&gt;5.what are the contents present in a test plan &lt;br /&gt;6.which model  will you follow &lt;br /&gt;     7.Which Bug tracking tool do you use and what are the contents present in it &lt;br /&gt;     8.If a bug is reported what will be the Next work done &lt;br /&gt;     9. How to write test cases using Use case diagrams &lt;br /&gt;    10.For a given condition (X&gt;=0&lt;100) how many test cases you can write &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-3735947617668884794?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9cCnCFaODAKYvKPcoHjowsFVdUE/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9cCnCFaODAKYvKPcoHjowsFVdUE/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9cCnCFaODAKYvKPcoHjowsFVdUE/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9cCnCFaODAKYvKPcoHjowsFVdUE/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/FE_mTCDx24Y" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/3735947617668884794/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=3735947617668884794" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3735947617668884794?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3735947617668884794?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/FE_mTCDx24Y/syncota-interview-questions.html" title="SYNCOTA INTERVIEW QUESTIONS" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/syncota-interview-questions.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DEYHRX4zfCp7ImA9WB5SGUw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-3360169908013736903</id><published>2007-06-15T07:01:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T07:02:14.084-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T07:02:14.084-07:00</app:edited><title>TESTING INTERVIEW QUESTIONS (SECOND ROUND)</title><content type="html">TESTING INTERVIEW QUESTIONS (SECOND ROUND) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. What are joins and subjoins in the data bases &lt;br /&gt;2. what is data driven testing &lt;br /&gt;3. what is verification and validation &lt;br /&gt;4. What is Quality Assurance (QA)  and Quality Control (QC) &lt;br /&gt;5. Is Verification is related to QA and Validation is related to QC ? &lt;br /&gt;6. which type of model you follow  basically in your project &lt;br /&gt;7. what is a use case &lt;br /&gt;8. How to test a Bike &lt;br /&gt;9. how to test a Lift (Elevator). &lt;br /&gt;10. which configuration Management tool do you use &lt;br /&gt;11. which Bug tracking tool do you use &lt;br /&gt;12. explain Bug life cycle &lt;br /&gt;13. what is Regression testing &lt;br /&gt;14. what is ALPHA testing ans BETA testing &lt;br /&gt;15. What types of testings comes under Non functional testing &lt;br /&gt;16. what is TEST DIRECTOR &lt;br /&gt;17. what is CMM and CMM i &lt;br /&gt;18. whar are Expressions in Winrunner &lt;br /&gt;19. What is a Compile module &lt;br /&gt;20. Is it Necessary to open the tool first or the application first &lt;br /&gt;21. after  getting a bug what will you do &lt;br /&gt;22. if you add a new object or a new module for the existing application then how will you test the application &lt;br /&gt;23. which Defect tracking tool do you use &lt;br /&gt;24. what is change management &lt;br /&gt;25. What is smoke Testing &lt;br /&gt;26. what is sanity testing &lt;br /&gt;27. A application is given to you but  the requirements and functionalities are missing what will you do to start the testing &lt;br /&gt;28. which  testing documents will be received by the client &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-3360169908013736903?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lNn0vw88Pw8BmRS-P3v0cB9H_jY/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lNn0vw88Pw8BmRS-P3v0cB9H_jY/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lNn0vw88Pw8BmRS-P3v0cB9H_jY/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/lNn0vw88Pw8BmRS-P3v0cB9H_jY/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/OUe86v_tL3o" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/3360169908013736903/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=3360169908013736903" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3360169908013736903?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/3360169908013736903?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/OUe86v_tL3o/testing-interview-questions-second.html" title="TESTING INTERVIEW QUESTIONS (SECOND ROUND)" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/testing-interview-questions-second.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D0AGR34_fyp7ImA9WB5SGUw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-1339603102695637551</id><published>2007-06-15T06:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T06:55:26.047-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T06:55:26.047-07:00</app:edited><title>Questions On LoadRunner</title><content type="html">Questions on load runner&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Interview Questions-  Load Runner&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. What is load testing? Load testing is to test that if the application works fine with the loads that result from large number of simultaneous users, transactions and to determine weather it can handle peak usage periods. &lt;br /&gt;2. What is Performance testing? - Timing for both read and update transactions should be gathered to determine whether system functions are being performed in an acceptable timeframe. This should be done standalone and then in a multi user environment to determine the effect of multiple transactions on the timing of a single transaction. &lt;br /&gt;3. Did u use LoadRunner? What version? Yes. Version 7.2. &lt;br /&gt;4. Explain the Load testing process? -&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Planning the test. Here, we develop a clearly defined test plan to ensure the test scenarios we develop will accomplish load-testing objectives. Step 2: Creating Vusers. Here, we create Vuser scripts that contain tasks performed by each Vuser, tasks performed by Vusers as a whole, and tasks measured as transactions. Step 3: Creating the scenario. A scenario describes the events that occur during a testing session. It includes a list of machines, scripts, and Vusers that run during the scenario. We create scenarios using LoadRunner Controller. We can create manual scenarios as well as goal-oriented scenarios. In manual scenarios, we define the number of Vusers, the load generator machines, and percentage of Vusers to be assigned to each script. For web tests, we may create a goal-oriented scenario where we define the goal that our test has to achieve. LoadRunner automatically builds a scenario for us. Step 4: Running the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;We emulate load on the server by instructing multiple Vusers to perform tasks simultaneously. Before the testing, we set the scenario configuration and scheduling. We can run the entire scenario, Vuser groups, or individual Vusers. Step 5: Monitoring the scenario.&lt;br /&gt;We monitor scenario execution using the LoadRunner online runtime, transaction, system resource, Web resource, Web server resource, Web application server resource, database server resource, network delay, streaming media resource, firewall server resource, ERP server resource, and Java performance monitors. Step 6: Analyzing test results. During scenario execution, LoadRunner records the performance of the application under different loads. We use LoadRunner’s graphs and reports to analyze the application’s performance. &lt;br /&gt;5. When do you do load and performance Testing? - We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing. &lt;br /&gt;6. What are the components of LoadRunner? - The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online. &lt;br /&gt;7. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script? - The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols. &lt;br /&gt;8. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to play Back the script in multi user mode? - The Controller component is used to playback the script in multi-user mode. This is done during a scenario run where a vuser script is executed by a number of vusers in a group. &lt;br /&gt;9. What is a rendezvous point? - You insert rendezvous points into Vuser scripts to emulate heavy user load on the server. Rendezvous points instruct Vusers to wait during test execution for multiple Vusers to arrive at a certain point, in order that they may simultaneously perform a task. For example, to emulate peak load on the bank server, you can insert a rendezvous point instructing 100 Vusers to deposit cash into their accounts at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;10. What is a scenario? - A scenario defines the events that occur during each testing session. For example, a scenario defines and controls the number of users to emulate, the actions to be performed, and the machines on which the virtual users run their emulations. &lt;br /&gt;11. Explain the recording mode for web Vuser script? - We use VuGen to develop a Vuser script by recording a user performing typical business processes on a client application. VuGen creates the script by recording the activity between the client and the server. For example, in web based applications, VuGen monitors the client end of the database and traces all the requests sent to, and received from, the database server. We use VuGen to: Monitor the communication between the application and the server; Generate the required function calls; and Insert the generated function calls into a Vuser script. &lt;br /&gt;12. Why do you create parameters? - Parameters are like script variables. They are used to vary input to the server and to emulate real users. Different sets of data are sent to the server each time the script is run. Better simulate the usage model for more accurate testing from the Controller; one script can emulate many different users on the system. &lt;br /&gt;13. What is correlation? Explain the difference between automatic correlation and manual correlation? - Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate. &lt;br /&gt;14. How do you find out where correlation is required? Give few examples from your projects? - Two ways: First we can scan for correlations, and see the list of values which can be correlated. From this we can pick a value to be correlated. Secondly, we can record two scripts and compare them. We can look up the difference file to see for the values which needed to be correlated. In my project, there was a unique id developed for each customer, it was nothing but Insurance Number, it was generated automatically and it was sequential and this value was unique. I had to correlate this value, in order to avoid errors while running my script. I did using scan for correlation. &lt;br /&gt;15. Where do you set automatic correlation options? - Automatic correlation from web point of view can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created. &lt;br /&gt;16. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web Vuser script? - Web_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter. &lt;br /&gt;17. When do you disable log in Virtual User Generator, When do you choose standard and extended logs? - Once we debug our script and verify that it is functional, we can enable logging for errors only. When we add a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. Standard Log Option: When you select&lt;br /&gt;Standard log, it creates a standard log of functions and messages sent during script execution to use for debugging. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled Extended Log Option: Select&lt;br /&gt;extended log to create an extended log, including warnings and other messages. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. We can specify which additional information should be added to the extended log using the Extended log options. &lt;br /&gt;18. How do you debug a LoadRunner script? - VuGen contains two options to help debug Vuser scripts-the Run Step by Step command and breakpoints. The Debug settings in the Options dialog box allow us to determine the extent of the trace to be performed during scenario execution. The debug information is written to the Output window. We can manually set the message class within your script using the lr_set_debug_message function. This is useful if we want to receive debug information about a small section of the script only. &lt;br /&gt;19. How do you write user defined functions in LR? Give me few functions you wrote in your previous project? - Before we create the User Defined functions we need to create the external&lt;br /&gt;library (DLL) with the function. We add this library to VuGen bin directory. Once the library is added then we assign user defined function as a parameter. The function should have the following format: __declspec (dllexport) char* &lt;function name&gt;(char*, char*)Examples of user defined functions are as follows:GetVersion, GetCurrentTime, GetPltform are some of the user defined functions used in my earlier project. &lt;br /&gt;20. What are the changes you can make in run-time settings? - The Run Time Settings that we make are: a) Pacing - It has iteration count. b) Log - Under this we have Disable Logging Standard Log and c) Extended Think Time - In think time we have two options like Ignore think time and Replay think time. d) General - Under general tab we can set the vusers as process or as multithreading and whether each step as a transaction. &lt;br /&gt;21. How do you perform functional testing under load? - Functionality under load can be tested by running several Vusers concurrently. By increasing the amount of Vusers, we can determine how much load the server can sustain. &lt;br /&gt;22. What is Ramp up? How do you set this? - This option is used to gradually increase the amount of Vusers/load on the server. An initial value is set and a value to wait between intervals can be&lt;br /&gt;specified. To set Ramp Up, go to ‘Scenario Scheduling Options’ &lt;br /&gt;23. What is the advantage of running the Vuser as thread? - VuGen provides the facility to use multithreading. This enables more Vusers to be run per&lt;br /&gt;generator. If the Vuser is run as a process, the same driver program is loaded into memory for each Vuser, thus taking up a large amount of memory. This limits the number of Vusers that can be run on a single&lt;br /&gt;generator. If the Vuser is run as a thread, only one instance of the driver program is loaded into memory for the given number of&lt;br /&gt;Vusers (say 100). Each thread shares the memory of the parent driver program, thus enabling more Vusers to be run per generator. &lt;br /&gt;24. If you want to stop the execution of your script on error, how do you do that? - The lr_abort function aborts the execution of a Vuser script. It instructs the Vuser to stop executing the Actions section, execute the vuser_end section and end the execution. This function is useful when you need to manually abort a script execution as a result of a specific error condition. When you end a script using this function, the Vuser is assigned the status "Stopped". For this to take effect, we have to first uncheck the “Continue on error” option in Run-Time Settings. &lt;br /&gt;25. What is the relation between Response Time and Throughput? - The Throughput graph shows the amount of data in bytes that the Vusers received from the server in a second. When we compare this with the transaction response time, we will notice that as throughput decreased, the response time also decreased. Similarly, the peak throughput and highest response time would occur approximately at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;26. Explain the Configuration of your systems? - The configuration of our systems refers to that of the client machines on which we run the Vusers. The configuration of any client machine includes its hardware settings, memory, operating system, software applications, development tools, etc. This system component configuration should match with the overall system configuration that would include the network infrastructure, the web server, the database server, and any other components that go with this larger system so as to achieve the load testing objectives. &lt;br /&gt;27. How do you identify the performance bottlenecks? - Performance Bottlenecks can be detected by using monitors. These monitors might be application server monitors, web server monitors, database server monitors and network monitors. They help in finding out the troubled area in our scenario which causes increased response time. The measurements made are usually performance response time, throughput, hits/sec, network delay graphs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;28. If web server, database and Network are all fine where could be the problem? - The problem could be in the system itself or in the application server or in the code written for the application. &lt;br /&gt;29. How did you find web server related issues? - Using Web resource monitors we can find the performance of web servers. Using these monitors we can analyze throughput on the web server, number of hits per second that&lt;br /&gt;occurred during scenario, the number of http responses per second, the number of downloaded pages per second. &lt;br /&gt;30. How did you find database related issues? - By running “Database” monitor and help of “Data Resource Graph” we can find database related issues. E.g. You can specify the resource you want to measure on before running the controller and than you can see database related issues &lt;br /&gt;31. How did you plan the Load? What are the Criteria? - Load test is planned to decide the number of users, what kind of machines we are going to use and from where they are run. It is based on 2 important documents, Task Distribution Diagram and Transaction profile. Task Distribution Diagram gives us the information on number of users for a particular transaction and the time of the load. The peak usage and off-usage are decided from this Diagram. Transaction profile gives us the information about the transactions name and their priority levels with regard to the scenario we are deciding. &lt;br /&gt;32. What does vuser_init action contain? - Vuser_init action contains procedures to login to a server. &lt;br /&gt;33. What does vuser_end action contain? - Vuser_end section contains log off procedures. &lt;br /&gt;34. What is think time? How do you change the threshold? - Think time is the time that a real user waits between actions. Example: When a user receives data from a server, the user may wait several seconds to review the data before responding. This delay is known as the think time. Changing the Threshold: Threshold level is the level below which the recorded think time will be ignored. The default value is five (5) seconds. We can change the think time threshold in the Recording options of the Vugen. &lt;br /&gt;35. What is the difference between standard log and extended log? - The standard log sends a subset of functions and messages sent during script execution to a log. The subset depends on the Vuser type Extended log sends a detailed script execution messages to the output log. This is mainly used during debugging when we want information about: Parameter substitution. Data returned by the server. Advanced trace. &lt;br /&gt;36. Explain the following functions: - lr_debug_message - The lr_debug_message function sends a debug message to the output log when the specified message class is set. lr_output_message - The lr_output_message function sends notifications to the Controller Output window and the Vuser log file. lr_error_message - The lr_error_message function sends an error message to the LoadRunner Output window. lrd_stmt - The lrd_stmt function associates a character string (usually a SQL statement) with a cursor. This function sets a SQL statement to be processed. lrd_fetch - The lrd_fetch function fetches the next row from the result set. &lt;br /&gt;37. Throughput - If the throughput scales upward as time progresses and the number of Vusers increase, this indicates that the bandwidth is sufficient. If the graph were to remain relatively flat as the number of Vusers increased, it would&lt;br /&gt;be reasonable to conclude that the bandwidth is constraining the volume of&lt;br /&gt;data delivered. &lt;br /&gt;38. Types of Goals in Goal-Oriented Scenario - Load Runner provides you with five different types of goals in a goal oriented scenario: &lt;br /&gt;o The number of concurrent Vusers &lt;br /&gt;o The number of hits per second &lt;br /&gt;o The number of transactions per second &lt;br /&gt;o The number of pages per minute &lt;br /&gt;o The transaction response time that you want your scenario&lt;br /&gt;39. Analysis Scenario (Bottlenecks): In Running Vuser graph correlated with the response time graph you can see that as the number of Vusers increases, the average response time of the check itinerary transaction very gradually increases. In other words, the average response time steadily increases as the load&lt;br /&gt;increases. At 56 Vusers, there is a sudden, sharp increase in the average response&lt;br /&gt;time. We say that the test broke the server. That is the mean time before failure (MTBF). The response time clearly began to degrade when there were more than 56 Vusers running simultaneously. &lt;br /&gt;40. What is correlation? Explain the difference between automatic correlation and manual correlation? - Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate. &lt;br /&gt;41. Where do you set automatic correlation options? - Automatic correlation from web point of view, can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database, can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created. &lt;br /&gt;42. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web vuser script? - Web_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-1339603102695637551?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Cy4XCRrfLRfF5J9lihXZ2006piw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Cy4XCRrfLRfF5J9lihXZ2006piw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Cy4XCRrfLRfF5J9lihXZ2006piw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Cy4XCRrfLRfF5J9lihXZ2006piw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/SV0S0pHSA_Y" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/1339603102695637551/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=1339603102695637551" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1339603102695637551?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1339603102695637551?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/SV0S0pHSA_Y/questions-on-loadrunner.html" title="Questions On LoadRunner" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/questions-on-loadrunner.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D0IDRn8yfCp7ImA9WB5SGUw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-4564796710302435993</id><published>2007-06-15T06:52:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T06:52:57.194-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T06:52:57.194-07:00</app:edited><title>Interview Questions-Silk Test</title><content type="html">Interview Questions-Silk Test&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. How does the Recovery System Work in SilkTest?&lt;br /&gt;2. What is the purpose of user-defined base state method .? &lt;br /&gt;3. What are the components of SilkTest .?&lt;br /&gt;4. What are the important features of SilkTest as compare to other tools?&lt;br /&gt;5. How to define new class in SilkTest?&lt;br /&gt;6. What is SilkMeter and how does it works with SilkTest .?&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-4564796710302435993?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/W3vquXhSMhBiq7G5o9YfzuPLevA/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/W3vquXhSMhBiq7G5o9YfzuPLevA/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/W3vquXhSMhBiq7G5o9YfzuPLevA/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/W3vquXhSMhBiq7G5o9YfzuPLevA/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/mjT2g34S52I" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/4564796710302435993/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=4564796710302435993" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/4564796710302435993?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/4564796710302435993?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/mjT2g34S52I/interview-questions-silk-test.html" title="Interview Questions-Silk Test" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/interview-questions-silk-test.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DkIGQ3szeip7ImA9WB5SGUw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-1698616300585874571</id><published>2007-06-15T06:33:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T06:35:22.582-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T06:35:22.582-07:00</app:edited><title>DataBase Notes</title><content type="html">Unique key : 1) duplicate values not allowed&lt;br /&gt;2)NULL values allowed&lt;br /&gt;3)automatically index is created (unique index)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;primary key&lt;br /&gt;1)      only one primary key allowed in one table&lt;br /&gt;2)      automatically NOTNULL, Unique, Index&lt;br /&gt;Note:primary can be created on the combination of columns known as composite primary key&lt;br /&gt;Max= 16 columns allowed&lt;br /&gt;Similarly we can create Composite Unique key having max of 16 columns&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check :it is used to validate the values of pre_defined list&lt;br /&gt;Ex: City IN (‘Pune’,’hyd’)&lt;br /&gt;       Sal&gt;=(3000)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reference Key(Foreignkey); Used for parent or child relationship&lt;br /&gt;More than one reference table in allowed for one table&lt;br /&gt;Reference key possible if its own own primary key … known as self key&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note:&lt;br /&gt;We can define the reference key with 2 key keywords&lt;br /&gt;ON DELETE CASCADE&lt;br /&gt;ONE DELTE SET NULL&lt;br /&gt;ON DELETE CASCADE :when master data deleted , automatically child data deleted&lt;br /&gt;ON DELTE SET NULL:when master data deleted  child row not deleted and reference value becomes NULl&lt;br /&gt;Data Integrity:&lt;br /&gt;1)      it allows only to enter valid date to DB&lt;br /&gt;2)      it can implemented through constraints&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Index:&lt;br /&gt;Is used for retrieval of rows using row id&lt;br /&gt;Note:&lt;br /&gt;It is a data base object&lt;br /&gt;It is used by oracle to search data tablews&lt;br /&gt; Index is created on columns&lt;br /&gt;More than one index is possible in one table&lt;br /&gt;Composite Index:&lt;br /&gt;When we create index on combination of columns then it is known as composite index&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Purpose if View:&lt;br /&gt;Security&lt;br /&gt;Simplify the complex logic&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Joins:&lt;br /&gt;Joins are used to retrieve the from more than one table in a single query&lt;br /&gt;Types of joins&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1)      equi joins&lt;br /&gt;2)      Non _ equi joins&lt;br /&gt;3)      Self Joins&lt;br /&gt;4)      Outer join  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Equi Join: it is used to display only matching rows from joining table&lt;br /&gt;“=” operator is used&lt;br /&gt;tables have a common columns with&lt;br /&gt;1)      same date type&lt;br /&gt;2)      same value&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Syntax:select Col1,col2 … from from &lt;table1&gt;, &lt;table2&gt;….. where &lt;table1&gt;.&lt;common&gt;= &lt;table2&gt;.&lt;common&gt;;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Non- Equijoins&lt;br /&gt;It is used to join table when one column value of table falls in the range of two column value of other table&lt;br /&gt;Operator not Used&lt;br /&gt;Generally we use between operator&lt;br /&gt;Non –equi join is also called as Between Join&lt;br /&gt;Ex:selecte.ename,e.sal,g.sal,g.dradefrom emp e, salgrade g&lt;br /&gt;Where e.sal between g.losal AND g.hisal;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Outer Join: is used to display&lt;br /&gt;matching rows&lt;br /&gt;non-matchingrows from one table&lt;br /&gt;full outer join is possible in oracle 9i and not possible in oracle 8i&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;left, right, full introduced in oracle 9i&lt;br /&gt;operator of outer join is (+)&lt;br /&gt;(+) Operator can be used with only one table and only once in join condition&lt;br /&gt;Example: select e.empno,e.ename,d.deptno from emp e, dept d&lt;br /&gt;Where e.e.deptno(+) =d.deptno&lt;br /&gt;Note:&lt;br /&gt;OR/In Operators are not allowed&lt;br /&gt;Sub query not allowed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Self Join: joining on same table&lt;br /&gt;table must have  atleast two columns with common&lt;br /&gt;1.same data type&lt;br /&gt;2.same values&lt;br /&gt;   Query;&lt;br /&gt;Dispay manager name for each employee&lt;br /&gt;Select A.empno,A.ename,b.enamefrom emp  A , emp B where A.manager =B.empno&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Self Outer Join:&lt;br /&gt;Select A.empno,A.ename ,B.ename from emp A , emp B&lt;br /&gt;Where A.mangaer = B.empno(+);&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Self Non- equi Join;&lt;br /&gt;Select D1.Dname,D2.Dname from DeptD1, Dept D2 where D1.deptno&lt;D2.deptno;&lt;br /&gt;NotNull:&lt;br /&gt;Null Values  not allowed&lt;br /&gt;Duplicate values Allowed&lt;br /&gt;Cursor: a cursor is a handle ora pointer to the context area through the cursor, pl/saql program can context area and what happens to it as the the statement processed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Trigger:&lt;br /&gt;Trigger is an event when an event is occurs it automatically fires&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-1698616300585874571?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LuYlNZ_9LaOcPMWHj0gZlKpXc8I/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LuYlNZ_9LaOcPMWHj0gZlKpXc8I/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LuYlNZ_9LaOcPMWHj0gZlKpXc8I/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/LuYlNZ_9LaOcPMWHj0gZlKpXc8I/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/EOOCceeaMIc" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/1698616300585874571/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=1698616300585874571" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1698616300585874571?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/1698616300585874571?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/EOOCceeaMIc/database-notes.html" title="DataBase Notes" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/database-notes.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DU8NQnY_fyp7ImA9WB5SGEQ.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-996591606796655331</id><published>2007-06-15T01:54:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-15T01:58:13.847-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-15T01:58:13.847-07:00</app:edited><title>SEMANTIC SPACE INTERVIEW QUESTIONS</title><content type="html">SEMANTIC SPACE INTERVIEW QUESTIONS&lt;br /&gt;1. What is configuration Management&lt;br /&gt;2. What is change management&lt;br /&gt;3. What are Severity and priority levels&lt;br /&gt;4. What is Data integrity and Data validity&lt;br /&gt;5. What are the browsers available and explain their versions&lt;br /&gt; 6. Is it possible that Quality variates project to project&lt;br /&gt;7. What are GUI Map files and explain their Contents&lt;br /&gt; 8. What is Data base check point and why we go for that&lt;br /&gt; 9. What is the difference between the  Client server application and a Web application&lt;br /&gt;10.  Does Winrunner Supports Web applications&lt;br /&gt;11. What is process Management&lt;br /&gt;12. What is an Error, Defect, Bug&lt;br /&gt;13. What is Quality&lt;br /&gt;14. Which version of Winrunner you are using&lt;br /&gt;15. What is Build Verification and why we go for it&lt;br /&gt; 16. What is Defect density&lt;br /&gt;17. What is Integration testing&lt;br /&gt;18. What is Static testing and types of Static testing&lt;br /&gt;19. What is Validation testing&lt;br /&gt; 20. what is Data driven testing and why we go for data driven testing&lt;br /&gt;21. what is the definition of Testing&lt;br /&gt;22. What is Sanitation Testing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-996591606796655331?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Vc7VcrFWVx8nPZ0nXgDm6e243Gw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Vc7VcrFWVx8nPZ0nXgDm6e243Gw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Vc7VcrFWVx8nPZ0nXgDm6e243Gw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Vc7VcrFWVx8nPZ0nXgDm6e243Gw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/6WlNG2SiA7c" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/996591606796655331/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=996591606796655331" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/996591606796655331?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/996591606796655331?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/6WlNG2SiA7c/semantic-space-interview-questions.html" title="SEMANTIC SPACE INTERVIEW QUESTIONS" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/semantic-space-interview-questions.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D0QASXw7fCp7ImA9WB5SGEw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4725175589309397711.post-814065808017092752</id><published>2007-06-14T03:00:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2007-06-14T03:02:28.204-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2007-06-14T03:02:28.204-07:00</app:edited><title>Mphasis Interview Questions</title><content type="html">MPHASIS INTERVIEW QUESTIONS&lt;br /&gt; 1. Explain Bug Life cycle&lt;br /&gt;2. What is integration testing and regression testing&lt;br /&gt;3. What is verification and validation&lt;br /&gt; 4. How does winrunner recognizes the project which is in custom build&lt;br /&gt;5. What is expert view and tree view&lt;br /&gt;6. How does QTP identifies the project&lt;br /&gt; 7. What is the difference between Winrunner and QTP&lt;br /&gt;8. What is Test Director and which version of test director your are using in your project&lt;br /&gt; 9. What is a  test plans&lt;br /&gt; 10. what are the contents  present in a test plan&lt;br /&gt; 11. What is the risk of testing a project&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regards,&lt;br /&gt;Bharath Kumar Penimalla&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4725175589309397711-814065808017092752?l=whytesting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/L1KjSChIzulBDPfqZ59fB3iwvFA/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/L1KjSChIzulBDPfqZ59fB3iwvFA/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/L1KjSChIzulBDPfqZ59fB3iwvFA/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/L1KjSChIzulBDPfqZ59fB3iwvFA/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~4/MOZu8EBuWXo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://whytesting.blogspot.com/feeds/814065808017092752/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4725175589309397711&amp;postID=814065808017092752" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/814065808017092752?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4725175589309397711/posts/default/814065808017092752?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/blogspot/Tcpa/~3/MOZu8EBuWXo/mphasis-interview-questions.html" title="Mphasis Interview Questions" /><author><name>Bharath</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/12848856651955073142</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="16" height="16" src="http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://whytesting.blogspot.com/2007/06/mphasis-interview-questions.html</feedburner:origLink></entry></feed>

